Merge pull request 'Jane's proofreading edits to Mark 9-10' (#2811) from justplainjane47-tc-create-1 into master

Reviewed-on: https://git.door43.org/unfoldingWord/en_tn/pulls/2811

en_tn_42-MRK.tsv

@@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ MRK	1	29	ybs7	figs-go	ἦλθον	1	Connecting Statement:	Your language may say
 MRK	1	30	bvvl	writing-background	ἡ…πενθερὰ Σίμωνος κατέκειτο πυρέσσουσα	1	the mother-in-law of Simon was lying down, being sick with a fever	This phrase gives background information about Peter’s mother-in-law. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 MRK	1	30	vnp5	translate-unknown	πυρέσσουσα	1		A **fever** is a symptom of an illness in which the temperature of the body temporarily increases. This usually results in the need to lie down in bed and rest, as Peter’s mother-in-law was doing. If your reader would not be familiar with this, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “being feverish from illness” or “being ill with an elevated temperature” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 MRK	1	31	bzd2	figs-events	ἤγειρεν αὐτὴν, κρατήσας τῆς χειρός	1		Here, the author mentions Jesus helping her up before mentioning that Jesus took her by the hand, even though it happened in the opposite order. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make the order of events clear. Alternate translation: “Jesus took her hand and helped her up out of bed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
-MRK	1	31	sff6	figs-metaphor	ἀφῆκεν αὐτὴν ὁ πυρετός	1	the fever left her	This is a metaphor meaning that Jesus healed her of the fever. If your readers would not understand, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternate translation: he healed her of the fever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+MRK	1	31	sff6	figs-metaphor	ἀφῆκεν αὐτὴν ὁ πυρετός	1	the fever left her	This is a metaphor meaning that Jesus healed her of the fever. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternate translation: he healed her of the fever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 MRK	1	31	i5br	figs-explicit	διηκόνει αὐτοῖς	1	she started serving them	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly that she probably served them food. Alternate translation: “she provided them with food and drinks” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MRK	1	32	h0y2	writing-background	ὀψίας δὲ γενομένης, ὅτε ἔδυ ὁ ἥλιος	1		**Now when it became evening, after the sun had set** gives background information which helps the reader know the time in the day when this was occurring. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 MRK	1	32	d1i7	figs-hyperbole	πάντας τοὺς κακῶς ἔχοντας καὶ τοὺς δαιμονιζομένους	1	all those having sickness and those possessed by demons	The word **all** is an exaggeration to emphasize the great number of people who came. It is not likely that every single sick person was brought to Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a great number of people who were sick or possessed by demons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
@@ -117,14 +117,14 @@ MRK	2	8	s3m6	figs-metonymy	ταῦτα…ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμ
 MRK	2	9	wv5d	figs-rquestion	τί ἐστιν εὐκοπώτερον, εἰπεῖν τῷ παραλυτικῷ, ἀφίενταί σου αἱ ἁμαρτίαι, ἢ εἰπεῖν, ἔγειρε καὶ ἆρον τὸν κράβαττόν σου καὶ περιπάτει	1	Which is easier to say to the paralyzed man, ‘Your sins have been forgiven’ or to say ‘Get up and take up your bed, and walk’?	Jesus is not asking for information but is using the question form here to prepare the scribes and Pharisees for the miracle he is about to perform. It is easier to say, “Your sins are forgiven you,” because there is no visible proof when someone’s sins are forgiven. However, if someone says to a paralyzed person, “Get up and take up your mat, and walk,” but the person does not do so, then it is obvious that the person speaking lacks God’s authority. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “It is surely easier to say, ‘Your sins are forgiven you,’ than to say, ‘Get up and walk!’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 MRK	2	9	q905	figs-quotesinquotes	τί ἐστιν εὐκοπώτερον, εἰπεῖν τῷ παραλυτικῷ, ἀφίενταί σου αἱ ἁμαρτίαι, ἢ εἰπεῖν, ἔγειρε καὶ ἆρον τὸν κράβαττόν σου καὶ περιπάτει	1		If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “Is it easier to tell someone that his sins are forgiven, or to tell him to get up, take his mat, and walk?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 MRK	2	10	g4jn	figs-explicit	εἰδῆτε	1	But in order that you may know	The word **you** refers to the scribes and the crowd. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express that explicitly in a way that would be natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-MRK	2	10	jsyp	figs-123person	ἐξουσίαν ἔχει ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1		By calling himself **the Son of Man**, Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If this is confusing in your language, you can use the first person. Alternate translation: “God has given me, the Son of Man, authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
+MRK	2	10	jsyp	figs-123person	ἐξουσίαν ἔχει ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1		By calling himself **the Son of Man**, Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you can use the first person. Alternate translation: “God has given me, the Son of Man, authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 MRK	2	11	f369	figs-imperative	ἔγειρε ἆρον τὸν κράβαττόν σου, καὶ ὕπαγε εἰς τὸν οἶκόν σου	1		The words **get up, take up your mat, and go** were not commands that the man was able to obey with his own strength. Instead, this was a command that directly caused the man to be healed, and then the man was able to obey this command. Alternate translation: “I heal you, so you can get up, take up your mat, and go away to your house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
 MRK	2	12	ki94		ἔμπροσθεν πάντων	1	in front of everyone	Alternate translation: “in the presence of everyone in the house”
 MRK	2	12	e0xs	figs-explicit	ἠγέρθη, καὶ εὐθὺς ἄρας τὸν κράβαττον, ἐξῆλθεν ἔμπροσθεν πάντων	1		The implication is that the man was able to get up because Jesus had healed him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “And all at once the man was healed, so he got up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MRK	2	13	ma6f	grammar-connect-time-background	καὶ ἐξῆλθεν πάλιν παρὰ τὴν θάλασσαν, καὶ πᾶς ὁ ὄχλος ἤρχετο πρὸς αὐτόν, καὶ ἐδίδασκεν αὐτούς	1	Connecting Statement:	In this verse Mark gives background information to tell the reader where the next event is taking place. Use a natural way in your language for introducing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
 MRK	2	13	zecn	figs-go	πᾶς ὁ ὄχλος ἤρχετο πρὸς αὐτόν	1		Your language may say “going” or “went” rather than **coming** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “A large crowd was going to him” or “all the crowd went to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
 MRK	2	14	sc4g	translate-names	Ἁλφαίου	1	Levi son of Alphaeus	The word **Alphaeus** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-MRK	2	14	ekv0	figs-idiom	ἀκολούθει μοι	1		In this context, to follow someone means to become that person’s disciple. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “Become my disciple” or “Come, follow me as your teacher” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+MRK	2	14	ekv0	figs-idiom	ἀκολούθει μοι	1		In this context, to follow someone means to become that person’s disciple. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “Become my disciple” or “Come, follow me as your teacher” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 MRK	2	15	bwv2		ἦσαν γὰρ πολλοὶ, καὶ ἠκολούθουν αὐτῷ	1	for there were many and they were following him	Alternate translation: “There were many tax collectors and sinful people who followed Jesus”
 MRK	2	15	zqcu	figs-hendiadys	καὶ πολλοὶ τελῶναι καὶ ἁμαρτωλοὶ συνανέκειντο τῷ Ἰησοῦ	1		These two groups are used to express that Jesus and his students were eating with many people upon whom the religious leaders looked down. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
 MRK	2	16	rwu1	figs-possession	οἱ γραμματεῖς τῶν Φαρισαίων	1		Mark is using the possessive form to tell his readers that **the scribes** were members of the group known as **the Pharisees**. If this is not clear in your language, you could indicate this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the scribes, who were members of the Pharisees” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
@@ -152,7 +152,7 @@ MRK	2	24	ec3u	figs-explicit	τί ποιοῦσιν τοῖς Σάββασιν
 MRK	2	24	bf8w	figs-exclamations	ἴδε	1	Look	**Look** is a word used to get the attention of someone to show them something. If there is a word in your language that is used to draw a person’s attention to something, you could use that here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
 MRK	2	25	g8sf	figs-rquestion	οὐδέποτε ἀνέγνωτε τί ἐποίησεν Δαυεὶδ	1	Have you never read what David did	Jesus does not expect the Pharisees to tell him whether they have read this passage in the Scriptures. Instead, he is using the question form to emphasize that the Pharisees should have learned a principle from that passage that indicates that they are wrong to criticize the disciples. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could state this (1) as a command. Alternate translation: “Remember what you read about what David did” or (2) as a statement. Alternate translation: “You have read that David did the same thing when he and those with him were hungry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 MRK	2	25	r14d	figs-explicit	οὐδέποτε ἀνέγνωτε τί ἐποίησεν Δαυεὶδ	1	Have you never read what David did	Jesus refers to reading about what David did, as recorded in the Old Testament. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Have you not read in the scriptures what David did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-MRK	2	25	cjzx	figs-doublet	ὅτε χρείαν ἔσχεν καὶ ἐπείνασεν	1		The phrase **had need** and the word **hungry** are both expressing the same idea. If your readers would not understand this, you could combine these two expressions in your translation. Alternate translation: “when he was in need of food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
+MRK	2	25	cjzx	figs-doublet	ὅτε χρείαν ἔσχεν καὶ ἐπείνασεν	1		The phrase **had need** and the word **hungry** are both expressing the same idea. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine these two expressions in your translation. Alternate translation: “when he was in need of food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 MRK	2	26	y57j	figs-explicit	τοὺς ἄρτους τῆς Προθέσεως	1	the bread of the presence	The phrase **the bread of the presence** refers to the 12 loaves of **bread** that were placed on a golden table in the tabernacle or temple building as a sacrifice to God during Old Testament times. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate this in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MRK	2	26	wz3g	figs-metaphor	εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὸν οἶκον τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		Jesus is describing the tabernacle as the house of God. He is speaking of it as the place where God lived, since God’s presence was there. Alternate translation: “David went into the tabernacle” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor)
 MRK	2	27	i374	figs-activepassive	τὸ Σάββατον διὰ τὸν ἄνθρωπον ἐγένετο	1	The Sabbath was made for man	With the passive phrase **The Sabbath was made for man**, Jesus explains why God established the Sabbath. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God made the Sabbath for mankind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -251,13 +251,13 @@ MRK	4	16	d7ep	figs-genericnoun	οὗτοί	1		See the note on **these** in the p
 MRK	4	16	gdq7	figs-activepassive	οἱ ἐπὶ τὰ πετρώδη σπειρόμενοι	1		If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this with an active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the ones which the sower sowed on the rocky soil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 MRK	4	17	p5fr	figs-metaphor	οὐκ ἔχουσιν ῥίζαν ἐν ἑαυτοῖς	1	They have no root in themselves	This is a comparison to young plants that have very shallow roots. This metaphor means that the people were first excited when they received the word, but they were not strongly devoted to it. If your readers would not understand what **they have no root in themselves** means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Mark’s meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they did not allow the word to transform their lives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 MRK	4	17	s5mh	figs-hyperbole	οὐκ…ῥίζαν	1	no root	They have **no root** in themselves is an exaggeration to emphasize how small the roots were. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
-MRK	4	17	t21w	figs-idiom	σκανδαλίζονται	1	they are caused to stumble	The phrase **they fall away** is an idiom which means to stop believing. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “they no longer believe in God’s message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-MRK	4	18	uu9b	figs-metaphor	ἄλλοι εἰσὶν οἱ εἰς τὰς ἀκάνθας σπειρόμενοι	1	others are the ones sown among the thorns	If your readers would not understand this metaphor, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “some people represent the seeds which the farmer sowed among the thorny plants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+MRK	4	17	t21w	figs-idiom	σκανδαλίζονται	1	they are caused to stumble	The phrase **they fall away** is an idiom which means to stop believing. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “they no longer believe in God’s message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+MRK	4	18	uu9b	figs-metaphor	ἄλλοι εἰσὶν οἱ εἰς τὰς ἀκάνθας σπειρόμενοι	1	others are the ones sown among the thorns	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “some people represent the seeds which the farmer sowed among the thorny plants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 MRK	4	18	wlab	figs-genericnoun	ἄλλοι	1		See note about **others** on [4:15](../04/15.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
 MRK	4	19	wa3k		αἱ μέριμναι τοῦ αἰῶνος	1	the cares of this age	Alternate translation: “the worries in this life” or “the concerns about this present life”
-MRK	4	19	s7s7	figs-metaphor	εἰσπορευόμεναι, συνπνίγουσιν τὸν λόγον	1	entering in choke the word	Jesus uses the metaphor **choke** to depict what these peoples’ desires do to them. Similarly to how a thorny plant can choke a young plant, worldly desire choke faith. If your readers would not understand this metaphor, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “did not allow the faith to grow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-MRK	4	19	f4ip	figs-metaphor	ἄκαρπος γίνεται	1	it becomes unfruitful	Here, **unfruitful** means that God’s word in this person will not produce the desired results. In the Bible, a person who produces good works is spoken of as “fruitful” and a person who does not produce good works is spoken of as “unfruitful.” If your readers would not understand this metaphor, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the person does not do good works, showing that they follow Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-MRK	4	20	axh1	figs-metaphor	ἐκεῖνοί εἰσιν οἱ ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν τὴν καλὴν σπαρέντες	1	these are the ones sown in the good soil	If your readers would not understand what this metaphor means, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “those people represent the seeds which the farmer sowed upon the good soil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+MRK	4	19	s7s7	figs-metaphor	εἰσπορευόμεναι, συνπνίγουσιν τὸν λόγον	1	entering in choke the word	Jesus uses the metaphor **choke** to depict what these peoples’ desires do to them. Similarly to how a thorny plant can choke a young plant, worldly desire choke faith. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “did not allow the faith to grow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+MRK	4	19	f4ip	figs-metaphor	ἄκαρπος γίνεται	1	it becomes unfruitful	Here, **unfruitful** means that God’s word in this person will not produce the desired results. In the Bible, a person who produces good works is spoken of as “fruitful” and a person who does not produce good works is spoken of as “unfruitful.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the person does not do good works, showing that they follow Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+MRK	4	20	axh1	figs-metaphor	ἐκεῖνοί εἰσιν οἱ ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν τὴν καλὴν σπαρέντες	1	these are the ones sown in the good soil	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning of this metaphor plainly. Alternative translation: “those people represent the seeds which the farmer sowed upon the good soil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 MRK	4	20	d3r7	figs-ellipsis	ἓν τριάκοντα, καὶ ἓν ἑξήκοντα, καὶ ἓν ἑκατόν	1	one, 30, and one, 60, and one, 100	This refers to the grain that the plants produce. Alternate translation: “some produce 30 grains, some produce 60 grains, and some produce 100 grains” or “some produce 30 times the grain that was sown, some produce 60 times the grain that was sown, and some produce 100 times the grain that was sown” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 MRK	4	20	tdwj	translate-numbers	τριάκοντα…ἑξήκοντα…ἑκατόν	1	30 … 60 … 100	If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the numbers as text. Alternate translation: “thirty … sixty … a hundred” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
 MRK	4	21	zzw7		αὐτοῖς	1	And he was saying to them	Here, **to them** refers back to the Twelve and others around Jesus in verse [10](../mrk/04/10.md). Alternate translation: “to the Twelve and others with him”
@@ -279,9 +279,9 @@ MRK	4	29	yd1d		δρέπανον	1	sickle	A **sickle** is a handle with a curved
 MRK	4	29	hx6v	figs-idiom	ὅτι παρέστηκεν ὁ θερισμός	1	because the harvest has come	Here, the phrase **the harvest has come** is an idiom for the grain being ripe for harvest. Alternate translation: “because it was time for the farmers to harvest the grain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 MRK	4	30	ivk2	figs-rquestion	πῶς ὁμοιώσωμεν τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἢ ἐν τίνι αὐτὴν παραβολῇ θῶμεν?	1	How might we compare the kingdom of God, or in what parable might we present it?	Jesus asked this question to cause his hearers to get the listeners attention, as he was about to speak another parable about **the kingdom of God**. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “With this parable I can explain what the kingdom of God is like” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 MRK	4	31	w4l5	figs-activepassive	ὅταν σπαρῇ	1	when it may have been sown	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “when someone sows it” or “when someone plants it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-MRK	4	32	x1xh	figs-personification	καὶ ποιεῖ κλάδους μεγάλους	1	and it forms large branches	The mustard tree is described as causing its branches to grow large. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “with large branches” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
+MRK	4	32	x1xh	figs-personification	καὶ ποιεῖ κλάδους μεγάλους	1	and it forms large branches	The mustard tree is described as causing its branches to grow large. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “with large branches” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 MRK	4	33	y7i2	writing-endofstory	καὶ τοιαύταις παραβολαῖς πολλαῖς, ἐλάλει αὐτοῖς τὸν λόγον, καθὼς ἠδύναντο ἀκούειν	1		This verse marks the end of this section of Jesus’ parables. Use the natural form in your language for expressing the conclusion of a story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
-MRK	4	34	oo4t	figs-litotes	χωρὶς δὲ παραβολῆς οὐκ ἐλάλει αὐτοῖς	1		Mark uses a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
+MRK	4	34	oo4t	figs-litotes	χωρὶς δὲ παραβολῆς οὐκ ἐλάλει αὐτοῖς	1		Mark uses a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If it would be helpful in your language, you can express the meaning positively. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
 MRK	4	34	gp99	figs-hyperbole	ἐπέλυεν πάντα	1	he was explaining everything	Here, **everything** does not actually mean everything, but rather, all of his parables which he had spoken. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this clearly. Alternate translation: “he explained all his parables” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 MRK	4	38	b4xb	figs-rquestion	οὐ μέλει σοι ὅτι ἀπολλύμεθα	1	do you not care that we are perishing?	The disciples asked this question to convey their fear. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you need to pay attention to what is happening; we are all about to die!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 MRK	4	38	phc3		Διδάσκαλε	1		**Teacher** is a respectful title. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate it with an equivalent term that your language and culture would use.
@@ -293,7 +293,7 @@ MRK	5	intro	lh25			0		# Mark 5 General Notes<br><br>## Possible Translation Diff
 MRK	5	1	fix1	writing-newevent	καὶ ἦλθον εἰς τὸ πέραν τῆς θαλάσσης, εἰς τὴν χώραν τῶν Γερασηνῶν	1	Connecting Statement:	This verse acts as an introduction to the next story. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “After this, they came to the other side of the Sea of Galilee, to the region where the Gerasenes lived” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 MRK	5	1	gt8a	figs-go	ἦλθον	1	They came	Your language may say “went” rather than **came** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they went” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
 MRK	5	1	vsc7	translate-names	τῶν Γερασηνῶν	1	the Gerasenes	This name refers to the people who live in Gerasa. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-MRK	5	2	pf16	figs-idiom	ἐν πνεύματι ἀκαθάρτῳ	1	with an unclean spirit	This is an idiom meaning that the man is controlled by the unclean spirit. If your readers would not understand this idiom, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “whom an unclean spirit controlled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+MRK	5	2	pf16	figs-idiom	ἐν πνεύματι ἀκαθάρτῳ	1	with an unclean spirit	This is an idiom meaning that the man is controlled by the unclean spirit. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “whom an unclean spirit controlled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 MRK	5	4	nsol	writing-background	διὰ τὸ αὐτὸν πολλάκις πέδαις καὶ ἁλύσεσι δεδέσθαι, καὶ διεσπάσθαι ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ τὰς ἁλύσεις καὶ τὰς πέδας συντετρῖφθαι, καὶ οὐδεὶς ἴσχυεν αὐτὸν δαμάσαι	1		This verse and the next verse function as background information to tell the reader about this man who was controlled by an evil spirit. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 MRK	5	4	da4x	figs-activepassive	αὐτὸν πολλάκις…δεδέσθαι	1	He had been bound many times	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people had bound him many times” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 MRK	5	4	nep6	figs-activepassive	τὰς πέδας συντετρῖφθαι	1	his shackles were shattered	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he shattered his shackles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -352,7 +352,7 @@ MRK	6	4	mutm		τοῖς συγγενεῦσιν	1		Here, **relatives** refers to
 MRK	6	4	mgbp	figs-metonymy	ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ αὐτοῦ	1		Jesus uses the phrase **in his own house** to refer to his closest relatives, like his father, mother, or siblings. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “among his closest family members” or “by his father, mother, and siblings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 MRK	6	7	d6sx	translate-numbers	δύο δύο	1	two by two	Alternate translation: “2 by 2” or “in pairs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
 MRK	6	7	ldbv	figs-nominaladj	τοὺς δώδεκα	1		See how you translated the phrase **the Twelve** in [3:15](../03/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
-MRK	6	8	k5hl	figs-doublenegatives	μηδὲν αἴρωσιν εἰς ὁδὸν, εἰ μὴ ῥάβδον μόνον	1		Jesus uses a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “they should only bring a staff on their journey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
+MRK	6	8	k5hl	figs-doublenegatives	μηδὲν αἴρωσιν εἰς ὁδὸν, εἰ μὴ ῥάβδον μόνον	1		Jesus uses a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If it would be helpful in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “they should only bring a staff on their journey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
 MRK	6	8	t9a2	figs-synecdoche	μὴ ἄρτον	1	no bread	Here, **bread** means food in general. Alternate translation: “no food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 MRK	6	11	b2kb	translate-symaction	ἐκτινάξατε τὸν χοῦν τὸν ὑποκάτω τῶν ποδῶν ὑμῶν	1	as a testimony against them	The expression **shake off the dust that {is} under your feet** indicates strong rejection in this culture. It showed that someone did not want even the dust of a town to remain on them. If there is a similar gesture of rejection in your culture, you could use it here in your translation. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction)
 MRK	6	14	ly7z	figs-activepassive	Ἰωάννης ὁ βαπτίζων ἐγήγερται	1	John the Baptist has been raised	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God has caused John the Baptist to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -364,7 +364,7 @@ MRK	6	17	vpr7	figs-explicit	αὐτὸς…ὁ Ἡρῴδης, ἀποστείλ
 MRK	6	17	ojtd	grammar-connect-time-background	γὰρ	1		Mark is providing this background information to help readers understand why Herod was saying that John rose from the dead. Use a natural way in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “He was saying this because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
 MRK	6	17	sf6r	translate-names	τὴν γυναῖκα Φιλίππου, τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ αὐτοῦ	1	the wife of his brother Philip	The word **Philip** is the name of a man. This is not the same Philip who was an evangelist in the book of Acts or the Philip who was one of Jesus’ twelve disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 MRK	6	18	e2ex	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἔλεγεν γὰρ ὁ Ἰωάννης τῷ Ἡρῴδῃ, ὅτι οὐκ ἔξεστίν σοι ἔχειν τὴν γυναῖκα τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ σου	1		Herod put John into prison because he was saying **It is not lawful for you to have the wife of your brother**. Make sure this is clear in your language. Alternate translation: “Herod told his soldiers to arrest John because he was saying, ‘God’s law does not allow you to marry the wife of your brother’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
-MRK	6	19	x35v	figs-metonymy	Ἡρῳδιὰς…ἤθελεν αὐτὸν ἀποκτεῖναι	1	was wanting to kill him, but she was not able	**Herodias** is a metonym, as she wants someone else to execute John for her. If your readers would not understand this, you could state this in plain language. Alternate translation: “Herodias … wanted someone to kill him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+MRK	6	19	x35v	figs-metonymy	Ἡρῳδιὰς…ἤθελεν αὐτὸν ἀποκτεῖναι	1	was wanting to kill him, but she was not able	**Herodias** is a metonym, as she wants someone else to execute John for her. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this in plain language. Alternate translation: “Herodias … wanted someone to kill him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 MRK	6	20	k13z	figs-doublet	εἰδὼς αὐτὸν ἄνδρα δίκαιον καὶ ἅγιον	1		The word **righteous** and the word **holy** mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize that John was a very righteous man. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you can use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “because he knew that he was a very righteous man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 MRK	6	21	m54q	figs-metonymy	Ἡρῴδης τοῖς γενεσίοις αὐτοῦ δεῖπνον ἐποίησεν, τοῖς μεγιστᾶσιν αὐτοῦ	1	Herod prepared his birthday dinner for his officials	Here, the name **Herod** actually means his servants, whom Herod would have commanded to prepare the meal. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state it explicitly. Alternate translation: “Herod had his servants prepare a dinner for his officials” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 MRK	6	22	a1d7		εἰσελθούσης τῆς θυγατρὸς αὐτοῦ Ἡρῳδιάδος	1	the daughter of Herodias herself	There are a few possible understandings of the phrase **his daughter Herodias having entered**. This could: (1) be speaking about the daughter of Herodias emphatically. Alternate translation: “Herodias’ daughter herself came in” or (2) be saying that Herod’s daughter’s name was Herodias. Alternate translation: “And Herodias his daughter came in”
@@ -406,7 +406,7 @@ MRK	7	5	hts4	figs-metaphor	διὰ τί οὐ περιπατοῦσιν οἱ μ
 MRK	7	5	ugom	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	ἀλλὰ	1	Why do your disciples not walk according to the tradition of the elders, but they eat their bread with unwashed hands?	Here, **but** is used here to contrast what the Pharisees thought Jesus’ disciples should be doing with what they were actually doing. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
 MRK	7	5	j7ht	figs-synecdoche	ἄρτον	1	bread	Here, **bread** represents food in general. Alternate translation: “food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 MRK	7	6	oavh	figs-quotesinquotes	ὁ δὲ ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, ὅτι καλῶς ἐπροφήτευσεν Ἠσαΐας περὶ ὑμῶν τῶν ὑποκριτῶν, ὡς γέγραπται, ὅτι οὗτος ὁ λαὸς τοῖς χείλεσίν με τιμᾷ, ἡ δὲ καρδία αὐτῶν πόρρω ἀπέχει ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ	1		If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “Jesus said to them, ‘Isaiah prophesied well about you hypocrites when God wrote through him that people honor him with their lips, but their desires are for other things’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
-MRK	7	6	ep7u	figs-metonymy	τοῖς χείλεσίν	1	with their lips	Here, **lips** is used to signify speaking. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “by what they say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+MRK	7	6	ep7u	figs-metonymy	τοῖς χείλεσίν	1	with their lips	Here, **lips** is used to signify speaking. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “by what they say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 MRK	7	6	zgt9	figs-metonymy	ἡ…καρδία αὐτῶν	1	but their heart is far from me	The word **heart** means inner thoughts and desires. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “their desire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 MRK	7	6	xtab	figs-idiom	ἡ δὲ καρδία αὐτῶν πόρρω ἀπέχει ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ	1	but their heart is far from me	The expression **their heart is far from me** is a way that God is saying that the people are not truly devoted to him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “but they do not really love me” or “but they are not truly devoted to me” or “but they are not really committed to honoring me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 MRK	7	8	hnw4	figs-metaphor	κρατεῖτε	1	you hold fast to	Here, to **hold fast to** something means to adhere to something consistently. If your readers would not understand what **hold fast** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “you cling to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -415,8 +415,8 @@ MRK	7	10	d4sd	figs-quotesinquotes	Μωϋσῆς γὰρ εἶπεν, τίμα τ
 MRK	7	11	cd57	translate-transliterate	κορβᾶν	1	is Corban	**Corban** is a Hebrew word that refers to things that people promise to give to God. Translators normally transliterate it, using the target language alphabet. Some translators translate its meaning and then leave out Mark’s explanation of the meaning that follows. In your translation you can spell it the way it sounds in your language and then explain its meaning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
 MRK	7	11	ev2r	grammar-connect-time-background	ὅ ἐστιν δῶρον	1	that is, a gift	The author says **that is a gift** to provide background information to his audience, who may not have understood this word. Use a natural way in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “meaning ‘a gift’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
 MRK	7	14	u3nk	figs-doublet	ἀκούσατέ μου πάντες καὶ σύνετε	1	Listen to me, all of you, and understand	The words **Listen** and **understand** are related. Jesus uses them together to emphasize that his hearers should pay close attention to what he is saying. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you can use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “All of you, take heed to what I am about to say to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
-MRK	7	15	gk5i	figs-explicit	οὐδέν…ἔξωθεν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου	1	nothing from outside the man	Jesus is speaking about what a person eats. If your readers would not understand this, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “nothing which a person can eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-MRK	7	15	ms5c	figs-metonymy	τὰ ἐκ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐκπορευόμενά	1	the things that come out from the man	By using the phrase **the things that come out from the man**, Jesus is speaking about the thoughts and desires of a person. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the things which a person thinks and does” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+MRK	7	15	gk5i	figs-explicit	οὐδέν…ἔξωθεν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου	1	nothing from outside the man	Jesus is speaking about what a person eats. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “nothing which a person can eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+MRK	7	15	ms5c	figs-metonymy	τὰ ἐκ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐκπορευόμενά	1	the things that come out from the man	By using the phrase **the things that come out from the man**, Jesus is speaking about the thoughts and desires of a person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the things which a person thinks and does” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 MRK	7	17	l7d7	writing-endofstory	καὶ ὅτε	1	And	Here, the phrase **And when** is being used as a comment about what happened after the story as a result of the events within the story itself. Use the natural form in your language for expressing the conclusion of a story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
 MRK	7	18	z8w1	figs-rquestion	οὕτως καὶ ὑμεῖς ἀσύνετοί ἐστε?	1	Are you also thus without understanding?	Jesus uses this question to express his disappointment that they do not understand. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “After all I have said and done, I am amazed that you still do not understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 MRK	7	18	yqve	figs-metonymy	πᾶν τὸ ἔξωθεν εἰσπορευόμενον εἰς τὸν ἄνθρωπον, οὐ δύναται αὐτὸν κοινῶσαι	1		See the note in [7:15](../07/15.md) regarding the similar expression. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -491,7 +491,7 @@ MRK	8	31	d4dc		τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	the Son of Man	See
 MRK	8	31	m32p	figs-activepassive	ἀποδοκιμασθῆναι ὑπὸ τῶν πρεσβυτέρων καὶ τῶν ἀρχιερέων καὶ τῶν γραμματέων, καὶ ἀποκτανθῆναι, καὶ μετὰ τρεῖς ἡμέρας ἀναστῆναι	1	to be rejected by the elders and the chief priests and the scribes, and to be killed, and to rise up after three days	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that the elders and the chief priests and the scribes would reject him, and that men would kill him, and that after three days he would rise up from the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 MRK	8	31	gjg2	grammar-connect-time-sequential	καὶ ἀποδοκιμασθῆναι ὑπὸ τῶν πρεσβυτέρων καὶ τῶν ἀρχιερέων καὶ τῶν γραμματέων, καὶ ἀποκτανθῆναι, καὶ μετὰ τρεῖς ἡμέρας ἀναστῆναι	1		The events of this verse progress in chronological order. If it would be helpful in your language, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “first, and for the elders and the chief priests and the scribes to reject me. Then, people will kill me. But after that, on the third day, I will rise from the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
 MRK	8	31	h9t2	figs-123person	δεῖ τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου πολλὰ παθεῖν	1		By referring to himself as **the Son of Man**, Jesus is speaking of himself in the third person. If this would be confusing in your language, you could use the first person. Alternate translation: “it was necessary that he, the Son of Man, should suffer many things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
-MRK	8	33	nu32	figs-metaphor	ὕπαγε ὀπίσω μου, Σατανᾶ	1	Get behind me, Satan! For you are not setting your mind	By saying **Get behind me, Satan**, Jesus could mean: (1) that Satan is directly influencing Peter to think and act the way he is. (2) that Peter is acting like **Satan** because Peter is trying to prevent Jesus from accomplishing what God sent him to do, which is the very thing that Satan also tried to do. If your readers would not understand what this means, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Get behind me, because you are acting like Satan!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+MRK	8	33	nu32	figs-metaphor	ὕπαγε ὀπίσω μου, Σατανᾶ	1	Get behind me, Satan! For you are not setting your mind	By saying **Get behind me, Satan**, Jesus could mean: (1) that Satan is directly influencing Peter to think and act the way he is. (2) that Peter is acting like **Satan** because Peter is trying to prevent Jesus from accomplishing what God sent him to do, which is the very thing that Satan also tried to do. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Get behind me, because you are acting like Satan!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 MRK	8	33	r9gy	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	ἀλλὰ	1	Get behind me	In this verse Jesus is saying that Peter is acting in a way that he should not act. Here, the word **but** introduces a contrast between setting one’s mind (thoughts) on the things of God and setting one’s mind (thoughts) on the things of men. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “instead of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
 MRK	8	33	clxo	figs-idiom	οὐ φρονεῖς τὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		To **set your mind** on something means to think about it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “you are not focusing your thoughts on what God desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 MRK	8	33	t6jv	figs-ellipsis	οὐ φρονεῖς τὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἀλλὰ τὰ τῶν ἀνθρώπων	1		Jesus leaves some words out in the phrase **on the things of men** that would be needed in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “you are not thinking about what God desires, but you are thinking about what man desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
@@ -507,19 +507,19 @@ MRK	8	37	wua4	figs-rquestion	τί γὰρ δοῖ ἄνθρωπος ἀντάλ
 MRK	8	38	c53y	figs-metaphor	ἐν τῇ γενεᾷ ταύτῃ, τῇ μοιχαλίδι καὶ ἁμαρτωλῷ	1	in this adulterous and sinful generation	Jesus speaks of this **generation** as **adulterous**, meaning that they are unfaithful in their relationship with God. If your readers would not understand what **adulterous** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in this generation of people who have committed adultery and sinned against God” or “in this generation of people who are unfaithful to God and are very sinful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 MRK	8	38	ov1d	figs-synecdoche	τῇ γενεᾷ ταύτῃ	1		See how you translated **this generation** in [8:12](../08/12.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 MRK	8	38	s5tm	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	the Son of Man	See how you translated the title **Son of Man** in [2:10](../02/10.md).(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-MRK	8	38	hvx0	figs-123person	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1		Jesus is speaking of himself in the third person. If this is confusing in your language, you can use the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
-MRK	9	intro	n92j			0		# Mark 9 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “transfigured”<br><br>Scripture often speaks of God’s glory as a great, brilliant light. When people see this light, they are afraid. Mark says in this chapter that Jesus’ clothing shone with this glorious light so that his followers could see that Jesus truly was God’s Son. At the same time, God told them that Jesus was his Son. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/glory]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fear]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Hyperbole<br><br>Jesus said things that he did not expect his followers to understand literally. When he said, “If your hand causes you to stumble, cut it off” ([Mark 9:43](../mrk/09/43.md)), he was exaggerating so that his hearers would pay close attention to what he was saying and realize how important it is to avoid sin.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Elijah and Moses<br><br>Elijah and Moses suddenly appear to Jesus, James, John, and Peter, and then they disappear. All four of them saw Elijah and Moses, and because Elijah and Moses spoke with Jesus, the reader should understand that Elijah and Moses appeared physically.<br><br>### “Son of Man”<br><br>Jesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” in this chapter ([Mark 9:31](../mrk/09/31.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])<br><br>### Paradox<br><br>A paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. Jesus uses a paradox when he says, “If anyone wants to be first, he must be last of all and servant of all” ([Mark 9:35](../mrk/09/35.md)).
-MRK	9	1	q4b6	writing-pronouns	ἔλεγεν αὐτοῖς	1	he was saying to them	Here, the pronoun **he** refers to Jesus. If your readers would not understand this, you could state who **he** refers to in your translation. Alternate translation: “Jesus was saying to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-MRK	9	1	ad4e		ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1		See how you translated the statement **Truly I say to you** in [3:28](../03/28.md).
-MRK	9	1	xm40	figs-yousingular	ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1		Here, the word **you** is plural, in the original language that Mark wrote this Gospel in, and refers to everyone that Jesus is speaking to. Your language may require you to mark this form. Alternate translation: “Truly I say to all of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
-MRK	9	1	kg4x	figs-idiom	οἵτινες οὐ μὴ γεύσωνται θανάτου	1		The phrase **taste death** is an idiom which means “to experience death.” If your readers would not understand this idiom you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning using plain language. Alternate translation: “who will certainly not die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+MRK	8	38	hvx0	figs-123person	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1		Jesus is speaking of himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you can use the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
+MRK	9	intro	n92j			0		# Mark 9 General Notes\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### “Transfigured”\n\nScripture often speaks of God’s glory as a great, brilliant light. When people see this light, they are afraid. Mark says in this chapter that Jesus’ clothing shone with this glorious light so that his followers could see that Jesus truly was God’s Son. At the same time, God told them that Jesus was his Son. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/glory]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fear]])\n\n## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter\n\n### Hyperbole\n\nJesus said things that he did not expect his followers to understand literally. When he said, “If your hand causes you to stumble, cut it off” ([Mark 9:43](../mrk/09/43.md)), he was exaggerating so that his hearers would pay close attention to what he was saying and realize how important it is to avoid sin.\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### Elijah and Moses\n\nElijah and Moses suddenly appear to Jesus, James, John, and Peter, and then they disappear. All four of them saw Elijah and Moses, and because Elijah and Moses spoke with Jesus, the reader should understand that Elijah and Moses appeared physically.\n\n### “Son of Man”\n\nJesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” in this chapter ([Mark 9:31](../mrk/09/31.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])\n\n### Paradox\n\nA paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. Jesus uses a paradox when he says, “If anyone wants to be first, he must be last of all and servant of all” ([Mark 9:35](../mrk/09/35.md)).
+MRK	9	1	q4b6	writing-pronouns	ἔλεγεν αὐτοῖς	1	he was saying to them	Here, the pronoun **he** refers to Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state who **he** refers to in your translation. Alternate translation: “Jesus was saying to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+MRK	9	1	ad4e		ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1		See how you translated the statement **Truly, I say to you** in [3:28](../03/28.md).
+MRK	9	1	xm40	figs-yousingular	ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1		Here, the pronoun **you** is plural, in the original language in which Mark wrote this Gospel, and **you** refers to everyone to whom Jesus is speaking. Your language may require you to mark this form. Alternate translation: “Truly, I say to all of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
+MRK	9	1	kg4x	figs-idiom	οἵτινες οὐ μὴ γεύσωνται θανάτου	1		The phrase **taste death** is an idiom which means “to experience death.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning using plain language. Alternate translation: “who will certainly not die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 MRK	9	1	qloy	figs-abstractnouns	οἵτινες οὐ μὴ γεύσωνται θανάτου	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **death**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **death** by using the verb form. Alternate translation: “who may certainly not die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 MRK	9	1	ymou	figs-abstractnouns	ἕως ἂν ἴδωσιν τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐληλυθυῖαν ἐν δυνάμει	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **power**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **power** by using an adverb such as “powerfully.” Alternate translation: “before they would see the kingdom of God come powerfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 MRK	9	1	yjf6	figs-explicit	τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐληλυθυῖαν ἐν δυνάμει	1	the kingdom of God come with power	The phrase **the kingdom of God come with power** represents God showing himself as king. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this plainly. The phrase **the kingdom of God come with power** probably refers to God powerfully confirming that Jesus is the Messianic king through the transfiguration of Jesus which immediately follows this verse in [9:2-10](../09/02.md). Alternate translation: “God powerfully showing himself as king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MRK	9	2	uf5f	figs-rpronouns	κατ’ ἰδίαν μόνους	1	by themselves, alone	Mark uses the reflexive pronoun **themselves** here to emphasize that they were alone and that only Jesus, Peter, James, and John went up the mountain. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
 MRK	9	2	krt6	translate-unknown	μετεμορφώθη ἔμπροσθεν αὐτῶν	1	he was transfigured before them	The word **transfigured** means to be changed in appearance or form. If your readers would not be familiar with the meaning of this word, you could state the meaning of this word in plain language. Alternate translation: “Jesus’ appearance was changed in front of them” or “when they looked at him, his appearance was different from what it had been” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 MRK	9	2	b3bb	figs-activepassive	μετεμορφώθη ἔμπροσθεν αὐτῶν	1	he was transfigured	If it would be more natural in your language, you could express the meaning of the phrase **he was transfigured before them** with an active form and say who did the action. Alternate translation: “God changed Jesus’ appearance before them” or “God transfigured Jesus before them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-MRK	9	3	gp48	translate-unknown	οἷα γναφεὺς ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς οὐ δύναται οὕτως λευκᾶναι	1	as no bleacher on earth is able thus to make them white	The word **launderer** refers to a person who worked with cloth and would clean and bleach cloth. If your readers would not be familiar with the meaning of the word **launderer**, you could state the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “whiter than any person who bleached cloth could make them” or “such as no person on earth who bleached cloth could make them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
+MRK	9	3	gp48	translate-unknown	οἷα γναφεὺς ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς οὐ δύναται οὕτως λευκᾶναι	1	as no bleacher on earth is able thus to make them white	The word **launderer** refers to a person who worked with cloth to clean and bleach cloth and clothing. If your readers would not be familiar with the meaning of the word **launderer**, you could state the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “whiter than any person who bleached cloth could make them” or “such as no person on earth who bleached cloth could make them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 MRK	9	4	f2d6	translate-names	Ἠλείας	1	Elijah with Moses appeared	The word **Elijah** is the name of a man. See how you translated his name in [Mark 6:15](../mrk/06/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 MRK	9	4	j83a	translate-names	Μωϋσεῖ	1		The word **Moses** is the name of a man. See how you translated his name in [Mark 1:44](../mrk/01/44.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 MRK	9	4	r3uu	writing-pronouns	αὐτοῖς	1		Here, the word **them** refers to Peter, James, and John. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
@@ -528,23 +528,23 @@ MRK	9	4	sh7s	figs-activepassive	καὶ ὤφθη αὐτοῖς Ἠλείας
 MRK	9	4	y9r3	writing-pronouns	αὐτοῖς	1		The word **them** refers to Peter, James, and John. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 MRK	9	5	w6vs	writing-participants	ἀποκριθεὶς ὁ Πέτρος λέγει τῷ Ἰησοῦ	1	answering, Peter says to Jesus	Here, the word **answering** is used to introduce Peter into the conversation. Peter was not answering a question. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
 MRK	9	5	iqc9	figs-exclusive	καλόν ἐστιν ἡμᾶς ὧδε εἶναι	1	it is good for us to be here	Here, the pronoun **us** could: (1) refer only to Peter, James, and John, in which case **us** would be exclusive. (2) include Jesus, in which case **us** would be inclusive. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
-MRK	9	5	k3y1	translate-unknown	σκηνάς	1	shelters	**Shelters** are simple, temporary places in which to sit or sleep. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
+MRK	9	5	k3y1	translate-unknown	σκηνάς	1	shelters	**Shelters** are simple, temporary places with roofs under which to sit or sleep. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 MRK	9	5	ou1t	translate-names	Μωϋσεῖ	1		The word **Moses** is the name of a man. See how you translated his name in [Mark 1:44](../mrk/01/44.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 MRK	9	5	u7di	translate-names	Ἠλείᾳ	1		The word **Elijah** is the name of a man. See how you translated his name in [Mark 6:15](../mrk/06/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 MRK	9	6	r3bn	writing-background	οὐ γὰρ ᾔδει τί ἀποκριθῇ; ἔκφοβοι γὰρ ἐγένοντο	1	For he did not know what to say, for they were terrified	This entire verse is a parenthetical statement which gives background information about Peter, James, and John. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 MRK	9	6	f8hn		ἔκφοβοι…ἐγένοντο	1	they were terrified	Alternate translation: “they were very frightened” or “they were very afraid”
 MRK	9	7	e3id		ἐγένετο…ἐπισκιάζουσα αὐτοῖς	1	came, overshadowing them	Alternate translation: “appeared and covered them”
-MRK	9	7	x4mv	figs-personification	ἐγένετο φωνὴ ἐκ τῆς νεφέλης	1	a voice came from the cloud	Mark speaks of this **voice** as if it were a living thing that could come from the cloud to earth. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “God spoke from the cloud and said” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification)
-MRK	9	7	ybu6	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Υἱός μου	1	my Son	**Son** is an important title for Jesus. Here, the word **Son** describes Jesus’ relationship with God the Father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-MRK	9	7	lg0e	figs-yousingular	ἀκούετε	1		**Listen** is a command or instruction to Peter, James, and John. Use the most natural form in your language to give direction to a group of people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
-MRK	9	8	hq73	writing-pronouns	οὐκέτι…εἶδον	1	they no longer saw	Here, **they** refers to Peter, James, and John. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+MRK	9	7	x4mv	figs-personification	ἐγένετο φωνὴ ἐκ τῆς νεφέλης	1	a voice came from the cloud	Mark speaks of this **voice** as if it were a living thing that could come from the cloud to earth. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “God spoke from the cloud and said” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification)
+MRK	9	7	ybu6	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Υἱός μου	1	my Son	The word **Son** is an important title for Jesus. Here, the word **Son** describes Jesus’ relationship with God the Father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
+MRK	9	7	lg0e	figs-yousingular	ἀκούετε	1		**Listen** is a command or instruction God gave to Peter, James, and John. Use the most natural form in your language to give direction to a group of people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
+MRK	9	8	hq73	writing-pronouns	οὐκέτι…εἶδον	1	they no longer saw	Here, the pronoun **they** refers to Peter, James, and John. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 MRK	9	9	q2qv	writing-pronouns	αὐτῶν	1		The first occurrence of the word **they** in this verse refers to Jesus and Peter and James and John. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus, Peter, James and John” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 MRK	9	9	pdmm	writing-pronouns	διεστείλατο αὐτοῖς	1		Here, the pronoun **he** refers to Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus ordered them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 MRK	9	9	w1nf	writing-pronouns	διεστείλατο αὐτοῖς ἵνα μηδενὶ ἃ εἶδον διηγήσωνται	1		Here, the pronoun **them** and the second and third occurrence of the pronoun **they** all refer to Peter, James and John. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus ordered Peter and James and John not to tell anyone about what they had just seen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 MRK	9	9	wter		διεστείλατο αὐτοῖς ἵνα μηδενὶ ἃ εἶδον διηγήσωνται	1		Alternate translation: “Jesus ordered them not tell anyone about what they had just seen”
 MRK	9	9	t07p		ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1		See how you translated the title **Son of Man** in [2:10](../02/10.md).
-MRK	9	9	zttm	figs-123person	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1		By calling himself **the Son of Man** Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If this is confusing in your language, you can clarify that Jesus is referring to himself. Alternate translation: “he, the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
-MRK	9	9	w98g	figs-irony	ἐκ νεκρῶν ἀναστῇ	1	would rise from the dead	Jesus speaks in this way of coming back to life, since it involves rising out of the grave. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “would come back to life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+MRK	9	9	zttm	figs-123person	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1		By calling himself **the Son of Man**, Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you can clarify that Jesus is referring to himself. Alternate translation: “he, the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
+MRK	9	9	w98g	figs-irony	ἐκ νεκρῶν ἀναστῇ	1	would rise from the dead	Jesus speaks in this way of coming back to life, since it involves rising out of the grave. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “would come back to life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 MRK	9	10	edv3		καὶ τὸν λόγον ἐκράτησαν πρὸς ἑαυτοὺς	1		Here, Mark is using the term **word** in a specific sense, to mean “matter” or “event.” Alternate translation: “And they kept the matter to themselves”
 MRK	9	10	to7w	figs-metonymy	τὸν λόγον	1		Mark is describing something Jesus would say by association with the words that came from his mouth when he taught them this. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “what he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 MRK	9	10	wfu9		ἐκ νεκρῶν ἀναστῆναι	1	to rise from the dead	See how you translated the phrase “rise from the dead” in [9:10](../09/10.md).
@@ -559,33 +559,33 @@ MRK	9	12	i3j7	figs-activepassive	ἐξουδενηθῇ	1	would be despised	If i
 MRK	9	13	k3kj	figs-explicit	ἐποίησαν αὐτῷ ὅσα ἤθελον	1	they did whatever they wanted to him	If it would be helpful in your language, consider stating explicitly what the Jewish people did to Elijah. Alternate translation: “our leaders treated him very badly, just as they wanted to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MRK	9	14	n8fd		ἐλθόντες πρὸς τοὺς μαθητὰς	1	having come to the disciples	Alternate translation: “when Jesus, Peter, James, and John returned to the other disciples who had not gone with them up the mountain”
 MRK	9	14	qsp3	writing-pronouns	αὐτοὺς…αὐτούς	1		Here, both occurrences of the pronoun **them** refer to the other disciples of Jesus who had not went up on the mountain with Jesus, Peter, James, and John. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-MRK	9	15	qhc3	writing-pronouns	αὐτὸν…προστρέχοντες…αὐτόν	1		All three occurrences of the pronoun **him** in this verse, refer to Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could clarify this in your translation in a way that would be natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-MRK	9	16	w679	writing-pronouns	καὶ ἐπηρώτησεν αὐτούς	1		Here, the first occurrence of the pronoun **them** could refer to: (1) the disciples of Jesus who had not went up on the mountain. Alternate translation: “And Jesus asked his disciples” (2) the people in the crowd. Alternate translation: “And Jesus asked the people in the crowd” (3) the scribes. Alternate translation: “And Jesus asked the scribes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+MRK	9	15	qhc3	writing-pronouns	αὐτὸν…προστρέχοντες…αὐτόν	1		All three occurrences of the pronoun **him** in this verse refer to Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could clarify this in your translation in a way that would be natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+MRK	9	16	w679	writing-pronouns	καὶ ἐπηρώτησεν αὐτούς	1		Here, the first occurrence of the pronoun **them** could refer to: (1) the disciples of Jesus who had not gone up on the mountain. Alternate translation: “And Jesus asked his disciples” (2) the people in the crowd. Alternate translation: “And Jesus asked the people in the crowd” (3) the scribes. Alternate translation: “And Jesus asked the scribes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 MRK	9	17	a2j6		Διδάσκαλε	1		See how you translated **Teacher** in [4:38](../4/38.md).
 MRK	9	17	eluu		πνεῦμα	1		See how you translated the word **spirit** in [Mark 1:23](../mrk/01/23.md).
 MRK	9	18	h98h		ξηραίνεται	1	he becomes rigid	Alternate translation: “his body becomes rigid”
 MRK	9	18	zre6	figs-explicit	οὐκ ἴσχυσαν	1	they could not	The phrase **they were not strong enough** refers to the disciples not being able to drive the spirit out of the boy. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “they could not drive it out of him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-MRK	9	19	tb67	figs-extrainfo	ὁ δὲ ἀποκριθεὶς αὐτοῖς λέγει	1	answering them, he says	Here, the pronoun **them** is plural so Jesus is addressing more than one person. However, it is not clear exactly who **them** refers to. It could refer to the disciples, the crowd, the boy and his father, some combination of them, or to all of them at once. Here,**them** probably refers to everyone who was present. Use the form in your language that would be used for addressing a group of people. Alternate translation: “But answering all of them, Jesus said” or “Addressing them all, Jesus said” or “Addressing everyone present, Jesus said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
+MRK	9	19	tb67	figs-extrainfo	ὁ δὲ ἀποκριθεὶς αὐτοῖς λέγει	1	answering them, he says	Here, the pronoun **them** is plural, so Jesus is addressing more than one person. However, it is not clear exactly to whom **them** refers. It could refer to the disciples, the crowd, the boy and his father, some combination of them, or to all of them at once. Here,**them** probably refers to everyone who was present. Use the form in your language that would be used for addressing a group of people. Alternate translation: “But answering all of them, Jesus said” or “Addressing them all, Jesus said” or “Addressing everyone present, Jesus said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
 MRK	9	19	azc9	figs-abstractnouns	ὦ γενεὰ ἄπιστος	1	You unbelieving generation	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of a **generation**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **generation** in another way, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 MRK	9	19	nbw0	figs-metonymy	ὦ γενεὰ ἄπιστος	1		Jesus uses the term **generation** to mean all the people who were alive at that time in history, and specifically, to refer to all the people who were present with him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly, as modeled by the UST. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy)
 MRK	9	19	c88a	figs-rquestion	ὦ γενεὰ ἄπιστος! ἕως πότε πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἔσομαι? ἕως πότε ἀνέξομαι ὑμῶν	1	until when will I be with you? Until when will I bear with you?	Here, Jesus uses two rhetorical questions, **until when will I be with you** and **Until when will I bear with you**, to show his frustration and disappointment with their unbelief. If you do not use rhetorical questions for this purpose in your language, you could translate Jesus’ words as a statement or as an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You unbelieving generation. You test my patience” or “You unbelieving generation. Your unbelief tires me! I wonder how long I must bear with you” or “You have all gone wrong because you do not believe, so I hope I do not have to stay here and put up with you much longer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-MRK	9	19	n4dq	figs-parallelism	ἕως πότε πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἔσομαι? ἕως πότε ἀνέξομαι ὑμῶν?	1	until when will I be with you? Until when will I bear with you?	The question **until when will I be with you** and the question **Until when will I bear with you** have very similar meanings. Jesus uses these two similar questions together in order to emphasize his frustration and disappointment. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you could combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “how long will I have to be with you and endure your unbelief” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
+MRK	9	19	n4dq	figs-parallelism	ἕως πότε πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἔσομαι? ἕως πότε ἀνέξομαι ὑμῶν?	1	until when will I be with you? Until when will I bear with you?	The question **until when will I be with you** and the question **Until when will I bear with you** have very similar meanings. Jesus uses these two similar questions together in order to emphasize his frustration and disappointment. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you could combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “how long must I be with you and endure your unbelief” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
 MRK	9	19	b7u5		ἕως πότε ἀνέξομαι ὑμῶν	1	will I bear with you	Alternate translation: “Until when should I endure you” or “Until when must I put up with you” or “How long must I endure you”
-MRK	9	19	nrya	figs-yousingular	φέρετε αὐτὸν πρός με	1		In the original language that Mark wrote this Gospel in, the word **Bring** is a command or instruction written in the plural form. Use the most natural form in your language to give direction to a group of people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
+MRK	9	19	nrya	figs-yousingular	φέρετε αὐτὸν πρός με	1		In the original language in which Mark wrote this Gospel, the word **Bring** is a command or instruction written in the plural form. Use the most natural form in your language to give direction to a group of people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
 MRK	9	20	bw3l		πνεῦμα	1	the spirit	See how you translated the word **spirit** in [Mark 1:23](../mrk/01/23.md).
-MRK	9	20	l4r5	writing-pronouns	καὶ ἤνεγκαν αὐτὸν πρὸς αὐτόν. καὶ ἰδὼν αὐτὸν, τὸ πνεῦμα εὐθὺς συνεσπάραξεν αὐτόν	1	threw him into a convulsion	In this verse the first and fourth occurrence of the pronoun **him** refer to the man’s “son” who was possessed by a mute **spirit** and was mentioned in [Mark 9:17](../mrk/09/17.md). If it would be helpful in your language, consider clarifying this in your translation in a way that would be natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And they brought the man’s son to Jesus, and having seen him, the spirit immediately threw the boy into a convulsion” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-MRK	9	20	vdj4	writing-pronouns	καὶ ἤνεγκαν αὐτὸν πρὸς αὐτόν. καὶ ἰδὼν αὐτὸν, τὸ πνεῦμα εὐθὺς συνεσπάραξεν αὐτόν	1		In this verse, the second and third occurrence of the pronoun **him** refer Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, consider clarifying this in your translation in a way that would be natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And they brought the man’s son to Jesus, and having seen Jesus, the spirit immediately threw the boy into a convulsion” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+MRK	9	20	l4r5	writing-pronouns	καὶ ἤνεγκαν αὐτὸν πρὸς αὐτόν. καὶ ἰδὼν αὐτὸν, τὸ πνεῦμα εὐθὺς συνεσπάραξεν αὐτόν	1	threw him into a convulsion	In this verse the first and fourth occurrences of the pronoun **him** refer to the man’s “son”, who was possessed by a mute **spirit** and was mentioned in [Mark 9:17](../mrk/09/17.md). If it would be helpful in your language, consider clarifying this in your translation in a way that would be natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And they brought the man’s son to Jesus, and having seen him, the spirit immediately threw the boy into a convulsion” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+MRK	9	20	vdj4	writing-pronouns	καὶ ἤνεγκαν αὐτὸν πρὸς αὐτόν. καὶ ἰδὼν αὐτὸν, τὸ πνεῦμα εὐθὺς συνεσπάραξεν αὐτόν	1		In this verse, the second and third occurrence of the pronoun **him** refer to Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, consider clarifying this in your translation in a way that would be natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And they brought the man’s son to Jesus, and having seen Jesus, the spirit immediately threw the boy into a convulsion” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 MRK	9	21	f5zm		καὶ ἐπηρώτησεν τὸν πατέρα αὐτοῦ, πόσος χρόνος ἐστὶν ὡς τοῦτο γέγονεν αὐτῷ? ὁ δὲ εἶπεν, ἐκ παιδιόθεν	1	From childhood	Alternate translation: “And Jesus asked the boy’s father, ‘How long of a time has this been happening to him?’ And the father said, ‘This has been happening to him since childhood’”
 MRK	9	22	f5yu	figs-infostructure	βοήθησον ἡμῖν, σπλαγχνισθεὶς ἐφ’ ἡμᾶς	1	having had compassion	In the sentence **help us, having had compassion on us**, Mark records the father using a figure of speech in which the logical flow of events is altered in order to put what is most important in the mind of the speaker first (here the speaker is the father). The normal way of saying this would be, “having had compassion on us, help us”, because it shows the natural order of events, since **having had compassion** on someone normally precedes helping them. Mark records the father saying **help us** first because receiving help was what was most important to the father. If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “have compassion on us and help us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
 MRK	9	22	fbup	figs-abstractnouns	σπλαγχνισθεὶς	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **compassion**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **compassion** in another way, such as by using the verb “pity,” as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-MRK	9	23	vh6c		εἰ δύνῃ	1	‘If you are able’?	The phrase **If you are able** is Jesus repeating back to the man what the man had just said to Jesus. Jesus does this in order to rebuke the man’s doubt. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this as a statement or in some other way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You should not say to me, ‘If you are able’” or “You ask me if I am able. Of course I am able” or “Why do you say ‘If you are able’”
+MRK	9	23	vh6c		εἰ δύνῃ	1	‘If you are able’?	The phrase **If you are able** is Jesus repeating back to the man what the man had just said to Jesus. Jesus does this in order to rebuke the man’s doubt. If it would be more helpful in your language, you could express this as a statement or in some other way that is natural. Alternate translation: “You should not say to me, ‘If you are able’” or “You ask me if I am able. Of course I am able” or “Why do you say, ‘If you are able’”
 MRK	9	23	kp1x		πάντα δυνατὰ τῷ πιστεύοντι	1	All things are possible for the one believing	Alternate translation: “Everything is possible for the person who believes” or “Anything is possible for the person believing in God”
 MRK	9	23	e5kk	figs-explicit	τῷ πιστεύοντι	1	for the one believing	The word **believing** refers to belief in God, and here it specifically refers to belief in Jesus and his power. The phrase **the one** means “any person” or “any one.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could say these things explicitly. Alternate translation: “for anyone who believes that God is able to do them” or “for any person who believes in God’s power” or “for anyone one who believes in me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-MRK	9	24	h4y6	figs-explicit	βοήθει μου τῇ ἀπιστίᾳ	1	Help me in my unbelief	The sentence **Help my unbelief** does not mean that the man had no belief in Jesus or his power but rather these words express that the man realized he did not believe fully or believe to the extent that he should. The man is asking Jesus to help him overcome his unbelief and increase his faith. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Help me to have more faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+MRK	9	24	h4y6	figs-explicit	βοήθει μου τῇ ἀπιστίᾳ	1	Help me in my unbelief	The sentence **Help my unbelief** does not mean that the man had no belief in Jesus or his power, but rather, these words express that the man realized he did not believe fully or believe to the extent that he should. The man is asking Jesus to help him overcome his unbelief and increase his faith. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Help me to have more faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MRK	9	24	wssi	figs-abstractnouns	βοήθει μου τῇ ἀπιστίᾳ	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **unbelief**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **unbelief** in another way, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 MRK	9	25	qaw4	figs-explicit	ἐπισυντρέχει ὄχλος	1	the crowd is running to them	The phrase **the crowd is running to them** means that more people were **running** toward where Jesus was and that the crowd there was growing larger. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “many people were gathering around them” or “people were gathering quickly around them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MRK	9	25	b54j	grammar-collectivenouns	ἐπισυντρέχει ὄχλος	1		The word **crowd** is a singular noun that refers to a group of people. If your language does not use singular nouns in this way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “a group of people was running to them” or “many people were running to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
-MRK	9	25	ul8k	figs-explicit	τὸ ἄλαλον καὶ κωφὸν πνεῦμα	1	You mute and deaf spirit	The words **mute** and **deaf** can be explained if it would be helpful in your language. Alternate translation: “You unclean spirit, who are causing this boy to be unable to speak and unable to hear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+MRK	9	25	ul8k	figs-explicit	τὸ ἄλαλον καὶ κωφὸν πνεῦμα	1	You mute and deaf spirit	The words **mute** and **deaf** can be explained if it would be helpful in your language. Alternate translation: “You unclean spirit who are causing this boy to be unable to speak and unable to hear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MRK	9	25	zd5c	figs-go	ἔξελθε ἐξ αὐτοῦ	1		Your language may say “go out” rather than **come out** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “go out from him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
 MRK	9	26	adb6		κράξας	1	having cried out	Alternate translation: “after the unclean spirit cried out”
 MRK	9	26	i8dz	figs-go	ἐξῆλθεν	1	convulsed him greatly	Your language may say “went out” rather than **came out** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “it went out” or “the spirit went out of the boy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
@@ -600,84 +600,84 @@ MRK	9	29	kh4w	figs-go	τοῦτο τὸ γένος…δύναται ἐξελθ
 MRK	9	29	yrzf	figs-abstractnouns	προσευχῇ	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **prayer**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **prayer** by using a verb form, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 MRK	9	29	l6ok	figs-abstractnouns	νηστείᾳ	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **fasting**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **fasting** in another way, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 MRK	9	31	f4gm		ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1		See how you translated the title **Son of Man** in [2:10](../02/10.md).
-MRK	9	31	vpj9	figs-123person	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοται εἰς χεῖρας ἀνθρώπων, καὶ ἀποκτενοῦσιν αὐτόν, καὶ ἀποκτανθεὶς, μετὰ τρεῖς ἡμέρας ἀναστήσεται	1		By calling himself **the Son of Man** Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If this is confusing in your language, you can use the first person, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
-MRK	9	31	w75k	figs-activepassive	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοται	1	The Son of Man is being delivered	If it would be more natural in your language, you could translate the phrase **is being delivered** with an active form and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “Evil men will deliver the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+MRK	9	31	vpj9	figs-123person	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοται εἰς χεῖρας ἀνθρώπων, καὶ ἀποκτενοῦσιν αὐτόν, καὶ ἀποκτανθεὶς, μετὰ τρεῖς ἡμέρας ἀναστήσεται	1		By calling himself **the Son of Man**, Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you can use the first person, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
+MRK	9	31	w75k	figs-activepassive	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοται	1	The Son of Man is being delivered	If it would be more natural in your language, you could translate the phrase **is being delivered** with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “Evil men will deliver the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 MRK	9	31	y5cw		ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοται	1	The Son of Man is being delivered	Alternate translation: “The Son of Man is being betrayed”
-MRK	9	31	z8ud	figs-metonymy	εἰς χεῖρας ἀνθρώπων	1	into the hands of men	Here, **hands** is a metonym for control. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “into the control of men” or “into the custody of men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-MRK	9	31	s1n2	figs-activepassive	ἀποκτανθεὶς, μετὰ τρεῖς ἡμέρας ἀναστήσεται	1	having been killed, he will rise again after three days	If it would be more natural in your language, you could translate the phrase **having been killed** with an active form and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “after they kill him, he will rise again after three days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+MRK	9	31	z8ud	figs-metonymy	εἰς χεῖρας ἀνθρώπων	1	into the hands of men	Here, **hands** means control. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “into the control of men” or “into the custody of men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+MRK	9	31	s1n2	figs-activepassive	ἀποκτανθεὶς, μετὰ τρεῖς ἡμέρας ἀναστήσεται	1	having been killed, he will rise again after three days	If it would be more natural in your language, you could translate the phrase **having been killed** with an active form and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “once they kill him, he will rise again after three days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 MRK	9	33	xv94	figs-go	ἦλθον εἰς Καφαρναούμ	1	Connecting Statement:	Your language may say “went” rather than **came** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “they went to Capernaum” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
-MRK	9	33	l2kj	figs-go	ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ γενόμενος	1		Your language may say “went” rather than **come** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “having went into the house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
+MRK	9	33	l2kj	figs-go	ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ γενόμενος	1		Your language may say “go” rather than **come** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “having gone into the house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
 MRK	9	34	gdg3	figs-explicit	τίς μείζων	1	about who was the greatest	Here, **greatest** refers to who was the **greatest** among the disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “who was the greatest among them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MRK	9	35	z754	figs-nominaladj	τοὺς δώδεκα	1		See how you translated the phrase **the Twelve** in [3:16](../3/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
-MRK	9	35	fkf6	figs-declarative	ἔσται πάντων ἔσχατος καὶ πάντων διάκονος	1		Jesus is using a future statement to give an instruction. If this is confusing in your language, you can use a more natural form for instruction. Alternate translation: “he must act as if he is the least important and serve everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
-MRK	9	35	jzl5	figs-metaphor	εἴ τις θέλει πρῶτος εἶναι, ἔσται πάντων ἔσχατος	1	If anyone wants to be first, he will be last of all	Being **first** represents people who are esteemed by others because of their social position, wealth, and privileges. Being **last** represents people who are not esteemed by others because they lack social position, wealth, and privileges. Jesus speaks of being the “most important” as being **first** and of being the “least important” as being **last**. If it would help your readers to understand what it means to be **first** and **last** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternately, you could express the meaning using plain language, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-MRK	9	35	ioiu	figs-nominaladj	εἴ τις θέλει πρῶτος εἶναι, ἔσται πάντων ἔσχατος	1		Jesus is using the adjective **first** as a noun in order to describe a type of person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “If anyone wants to be most important in God’s sight, he should act as if he is the least important” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
+MRK	9	35	fkf6	figs-declarative	ἔσται πάντων ἔσχατος καὶ πάντων διάκονος	1		Jesus is using a future statement to give an instruction. If it would be helpful in your language, you can use a more natural form for instruction. Alternate translation: “he must act as if he is the least important, and he must serve everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
+MRK	9	35	jzl5	figs-metaphor	εἴ τις θέλει πρῶτος εἶναι, ἔσται πάντων ἔσχατος	1	If anyone wants to be first, he will be last of all	Being **first** refers to people who are esteemed by others because of their social position, wealth, and privileges. Being **last** refers to people who are not esteemed by others, because they lack social position, wealth, and privileges. Jesus speaks of being the “most important” as being **first** and of being the “least important” as being **last**. If it would help your readers to understand what it means to be **first** and **last** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternately, you could express the meaning using plain language, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+MRK	9	35	ioiu	figs-nominaladj	εἴ τις θέλει πρῶτος εἶναι, ἔσται πάντων ἔσχατος	1		Jesus is using the adjective **first** as a noun in order to describe a type of person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “If anyone wants to be most important in God’s sight, he should act as if he is the least important in God's sight” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 MRK	9	35	um58	translate-ordinal	πρῶτος	1		If your language does not use ordinal numbers such as **first**, you can express the meaning behind the word **first** in a way that would be natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
 MRK	9	35	jqo3	figs-ellipsis	ἔσται πάντων ἔσχατος καὶ πάντων διάκονος	1		Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “he will be last of all people and a servant of all people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-MRK	9	35	z9x2	figs-declarative	ἔσται…ἔσχατος	1		Jesus is using the future statement **he will be last** to give an instruction. If this is confusing in your language, you can use a more natural form for instruction. Alternate translation: “he must be” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
+MRK	9	35	z9x2	figs-declarative	ἔσται…ἔσχατος	1		Jesus is using the future statement **he will be last** to give an instruction. If it would be helpful in your language, you can use a more natural form for instruction. Alternate translation: “he must be last” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
 MRK	9	35	t526		πάντων…πάντων	1	of all … of all	Alternate translation: “of all people … of all people”
 MRK	9	36	qqcu	writing-pronouns	ἐν μέσῳ αὐτῶν	1		The pronoun **them** refers to the 12 disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly in your translation. Alternate translation: “in the midst of his disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 MRK	9	37	h242		ἓν τῶν τοιούτων παιδίων	1	one of these little children	Alternate translation: “a child such as this one”
 MRK	9	37	ul12	figs-metonymy	ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί μου	1	in my name	Here, **name** is a way of referring to a person by reference to something associated with that person. Alternate translation: “on my behalf” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-MRK	9	37	uik3	figs-explicit	οὐκ ἐμὲ δέχεται, ἀλλὰ τὸν ἀποστείλαντά με	1		The phrase **does not receive me but the one who sent me** means that the people who receive Jesus are not just receiving him but are also receiving God who sent him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “receives not just me, but also receives God who has sent me” or “receives not only me, but receives God who sent me to represent him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+MRK	9	37	uik3	figs-explicit	οὐκ ἐμὲ δέχεται, ἀλλὰ τὸν ἀποστείλαντά με	1		The phrase **does not receive me but the one who sent me** means that the people who receive Jesus are not just receiving him but are also receiving God, who sent him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “receives not just me, but also receives God who has sent me” or “receives not only me, but receives God who sent me to represent him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MRK	9	37	y24n	figs-explicit	τὸν ἀποστείλαντά με	1	the one who has sent me	Jesus assumes that his disciples will know that **the one** refers to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “God, who has sent me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MRK	9	38	dxq5	figs-metonymy	ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί σου	1	in your name	Here, **name** is a way of referring to a person by reference to something associated with him. The expression **in your name** means that the person was acting with the power and authority of Jesus. Alternate translation: “on your behalf” or “as your representative” or “by your authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 MRK	9	38	a3d3		Διδάσκαλε	1		See how you translated **Teacher** in [4:38](../04/38.md).
-MRK	9	38	k2i2	figs-metaphor	οὐκ ἠκολούθει ἡμῖν	1	he was not following us	Here, **following** does not seem to mean “to be one of Jesus’ disciples”, since this man was acting in Jesus’ **name**. Here, **following us** means that this man did not travel in the group of Jesus and his disciples. If your readers would not understand this, you could use plain language to express this. Alternate translation: “he does not travel with you in our group” or “he is not part of our group” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+MRK	9	38	k2i2	figs-metaphor	οὐκ ἠκολούθει ἡμῖν	1	he was not following us	Here, **following** does not seem to mean “to be one of Jesus’ disciples”, since this man was acting in Jesus’ **name**. Here, **following us** means that this man did not travel in the group of Jesus and his disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use plain language to express this. Alternate translation: “he does not travel with you in our group” or “he is not part of our group” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 MRK	9	39	oynl	figs-litotes	μὴ κωλύετε αὐτόν	1		Jesus is expressing a positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. You can state this positively. Alternate translation: “Allow him to continue” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
 MRK	9	39	yw2q	figs-metonymy	ὀνόματί	1		See how you translated **name** in [9:38](../09/38.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 MRK	9	39	h7ez	figs-abstractnouns	κακολογῆσαί	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **evil**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **evil** by using an adjective to describe it or by expressing it some other way that is natural in language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 MRK	9	40	tma4		οὐκ ἔστιν καθ’ ἡμῶν	1	is not against us	Alternate translation: “is not opposing us”
-MRK	9	41	lz5d	figs-explicit	ποτίσῃ ὑμᾶς ποτήριον ὕδατος ἐν ὀνόματι, ὅτι Χριστοῦ ἐστε	1	may give you a cup of water in the name that you are of Christ	Jesus speaks about giving someone **a cup of water** as an example of how one person may help another, and could refer to any possible way that a person might help someone else. Here, giving one of the disciples a cup of water in Jesus’ name refers to helping them because they represent Jesus and are doing his work. If your readers would not understand this you could use a similar expression from your language or say this using plain language. Alternate translation: “gives you a cup of water because you are working for me” or “helps you on my account” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+MRK	9	41	lz5d	figs-explicit	ποτίσῃ ὑμᾶς ποτήριον ὕδατος ἐν ὀνόματι, ὅτι Χριστοῦ ἐστε	1	may give you a cup of water in the name that you are of Christ	Jesus speaks about giving someone **a cup of water** as an example of how one person may help another, and the example could refer to any possible way that a person might help someone else. Here, giving one of the disciples a cup of water in Jesus’ name refers to helping them because they represent Jesus and are doing his work. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a similar expression from your language or say this using plain language. Alternate translation: “gives you a cup of water because you are working for me” or “helps you on my account” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MRK	9	41	m0d8	figs-metonymy	ὀνόματι	1		See how you translated **name** in [9:37](../09/37.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-MRK	9	41	u325	figs-ellipsis	ἐν ὀνόματι	1		Here, the phrase **in the name** leaves out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “in my name” or “in the name of me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-MRK	9	41	bpz5	figs-idiom	ἐν ὀνόματι, ὅτι Χριστοῦ ἐστε	1		**in the name because** is an idiom which means to do something for the sake of someone. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “because you belong to Christ” or “because you serve me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-MRK	9	41	bgq1	figs-litotes	οὐ μὴ ἀπολέσῃ	1	he may certainly not lose	Here, Jesus uses the negative phrase **certainly not** together with the negative word **lose**to express a strong positive meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “he will certainly receive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
+MRK	9	41	u325	figs-ellipsis	ἐν ὀνόματι	1		Here, the phrase **in the name** leaves out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “in my name” or “in the name of me, Jesus,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+MRK	9	41	bpz5	figs-idiom	ἐν ὀνόματι, ὅτι Χριστοῦ ἐστε	1		Here, **in the name because** is an idiom which means to do something for the sake of someone. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “because you belong to Christ” or “because you serve me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+MRK	9	41	bgq1	figs-litotes	οὐ μὴ ἀπολέσῃ	1	he may certainly not lose	Here, Jesus uses the negative phrase **certainly not** together with the negative word **lose**to express a strong positive meaning. If it would be helpful in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “he will certainly receive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
 MRK	9	41	wnb2	figs-abstractnouns	οὐ μὴ ἀπολέσῃ τὸν μισθὸν αὐτοῦ	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **reward**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **reward** by using a verb phrase. Alternate translation: “he will certainly be rewarded” or “God will certainly reward that person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 MRK	9	41	jjq5	figs-gendernotations	οὐ μὴ ἀπολέσῃ τὸν μισθὸν αὐτοῦ	1		Although the pronouns **he** and **his** are masculine, they are being used here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “that person will certainly not lose their reward” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 MRK	9	42	cj0l	figs-metaphor	ἕνα τῶν μικρῶν τούτων	1		The phrase **these little ones** could be: (1) a reference to children who love Jesus and who are physically little compared to adults. Alternate translation: “one of these children who believe in me” (2) a reference to people whose faith is new and has not yet become mature and strong. Alternate translation: “one of these new believers” or (3) a reference to people who are not important from a human perspective. Alternate translation: “one of these common people” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor)
 MRK	9	42	gef5	figs-hypo	καλόν ἐστιν αὐτῷ μᾶλλον εἰ	1		Jesus is using a hypothetical situation to teach. Here, Jesus is making a comparison to the punishment that people will receive from God for causing other people to sin. Jesus means that the person’s punishment from God for causing people to sin will be worse than if that person had drowned in the sea. He is not saying that someone would actually put a stone around a person’s neck and throw them into the sea as an alternative to being punished by God. Use the natural form in your language for expressing a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “The punishment he will receive will be worse than if” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
-MRK	9	42	z6k5	translate-unknown	μύλος ὀνικὸς	1	a large millstone	These **large millstones** were round stones used for grinding grain into flour. They were so heavy that they required a donkey or an ox to turn them. If your readers would not be familiar with this, you could use the name of an object in your area that is very heavy, or you could use a general expression such as “a very heavy stone,” as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
+MRK	9	42	z6k5	translate-unknown	μύλος ὀνικὸς	1	a large millstone	These **large millstones** were round stones used for grinding grain into flour. They were so heavy that they required a donkey or an ox to turn them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the name of an object in your area that is very heavy, or you could use a general expression such as “a very heavy stone,” as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 MRK	9	42	bx6c	figs-explicit	περὶ τὸν τράχηλον αὐτοῦ	1		The implication is that someone would tie the stone around the person’s neck. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “if someone were to attach a millstone around his neck” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit)
-MRK	9	43	g8dv	figs-metonymy	ἐὰν σκανδαλίσῃ σε ἡ χείρ σου	1	if your hand may cause you to stumble	Here, **hand** is a metonym for doing, or desiring to do something sinful with your hand. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “if you want to do something sinful with one of your hands” or “if you are doing something sinful with one of your hands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-MRK	9	43	ifcv	figs-hyperbole	ἐὰν σκανδαλίσῃ σε ἡ χείρ σου, ἀπόκοψον αὐτήν	1		When Jesus says, **if your hand causes you to stumble, cut it off**, he is using hyperbole in order to emphasize the seriousness of sin and the importance of avoiding it. Jesus is not being literal when he says to cut off **your hand** because Judaism taught against harming one’s body and Jesus taught in [Mark 7:14-23](../mrk/07/14.md), and elsewhere, that the human heart is what causes people to sin. If it would be helpful in your language, you could clarify this in a footnote if you are using footnotes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
+MRK	9	43	g8dv	figs-metonymy	ἐὰν σκανδαλίσῃ σε ἡ χείρ σου	1	if your hand may cause you to stumble	Here, **hand** is a metonym for doing, or desiring to do, something sinful with your hand. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “if you want to do something sinful with one of your hands” or “if you are doing something sinful with one of your hands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+MRK	9	43	ifcv	figs-hyperbole	ἐὰν σκανδαλίσῃ σε ἡ χείρ σου, ἀπόκοψον αὐτήν	1		When Jesus says, **if your hand causes you to stumble, cut it off**, he is using exaggeration in order to emphasize the seriousness of sin and the importance of avoiding it. Jesus is not being literal when he says to cut off **your hand**, because Judaism taught against harming one’s body, and Jesus taught in [Mark 7:14-23](../mrk/07/14.md), and elsewhere that the human heart is what causes people to sin. If it would be helpful in your language, you could clarify this in a footnote if you are using footnotes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 MRK	9	43	wd7y	figs-explicit	εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν ζωὴν	1		Here, the phrase **enter into life** is referring to living eternally with God after one’s life on earth has ended. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “to enter into eternal life” or “to die and live forever” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit)
-MRK	9	43	h9lh	figs-hyperbole	κυλλὸν εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν ζωὴν	1		When Jesus speaks of entering into eternal **life maimed** he is not being literal, but rather is using hyperbole in order to emphasize the importance of striving against sin and things that could prevent one from receiving eternal life. The Bible teaches that when people enter into eternal life with God, he will restore their bodies of any physical defects. If it would be helpful in your language, you could clarify this in a footnote if you are using footnotes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
+MRK	9	43	h9lh	figs-hyperbole	κυλλὸν εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν ζωὴν	1		When Jesus speaks of entering into eternal **life maimed**, he is not being literal, but rather, he is using hyperbole in order to emphasize the importance of striving against sin and things that could prevent one from receiving eternal life. The Bible teaches that when people enter into eternal life with God, he will restore their bodies of any physical defects. If it would be helpful in your language, you could clarify this in a footnote if you are using footnotes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 MRK	9	43	l5bf	figs-abstractnouns	εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν ζωὴν	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **life**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **life** in another way. Alternate translation: “to live with God forever” or “live forever with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 MRK	9	43	ttl7		εἰς τὸ πῦρ τὸ ἄσβεστον	1	into the unquenchable fire	Alternate translation: “where the fire cannot be put out”
-MRK	9	45	lx2b	figs-metonymy	ἐὰν ὁ πούς σου σκανδαλίζῃ σε	1	if your foot may cause you to stumble	Here, the word **foot** is a metonym for going, or desiring to go someplace for the purpose of sinning. f your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “if you use your foot to walk someplace in order to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+MRK	9	45	lx2b	figs-metonymy	ἐὰν ὁ πούς σου σκανδαλίζῃ σε	1	if your foot may cause you to stumble	Here, the word **foot** refers to going, or desiring to go someplace for the purpose of sinning. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “if you use your foot to walk someplace in order to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 MRK	9	45	so26	figs-explicit	εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν ζωὴν	1		See how you translated the phrase **enter into life** in [Mark 9:43](../mrk/09/43.md). (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit)
-MRK	9	45	vj49	figs-hyperbole	εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν ζωὴν χωλὸν	1	to enter into life lame	When Jesus speaks of entering into eternal **life lame** he is not being literal, but rather is using hyperbole in order to emphasize the importance of striving against sin and things that could prevent one from receiving eternal life. The Bible teaches that when people enter into eternal life with God he will restore their bodies of any physical injuries or impairments. If it would be helpful in your language, you could clarify this in a footnote if you are using footnotes in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
+MRK	9	45	vj49	figs-hyperbole	εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν ζωὴν χωλὸν	1	to enter into life lame	When Jesus speaks of entering into eternal **life lame**, he is not being literal, but rather is using exaggeration in order to emphasize the importance of striving against sin and things that could prevent one from receiving eternal life. The Bible teaches that when people enter into eternal life with God, he will restore their bodies of any physical injuries or impairments. If it would be helpful in your language, you could clarify this in a footnote if you are using footnotes in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 MRK	9	45	hbt9	figs-activepassive	βληθῆναι εἰς τὴν Γέενναν	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can express the phrase **to be thrown** in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus implies that “God” is the one who will do it. Alternate translation: “for God to throw you into Gehenna” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-MRK	9	47	okc3	figs-metonymy	ἐὰν ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου σκανδαλίζῃ σε, ἔκβαλε αὐτόν	1		Here, **eye** is a metonym for desiring to sin as a result of looking at something which God has prohibited. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “if you want to sin because of looking at something, tear your eye out” or “if you want to do something sinful because of what you look at, tear your eye out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+MRK	9	47	okc3	figs-metonymy	ἐὰν ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου σκανδαλίζῃ σε, ἔκβαλε αὐτόν	1		Being the organ of vision, the **eye** substitutes for looking at something which God has prohibited can result in man desiring to sin. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “if you want to sin because of looking at something, tear your eye out” or “if you want to do something sinful because of what you look at, tear your eye out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 MRK	9	47	h4dv	figs-explicit	μονόφθαλμον εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		Here, the phrase **enter into the kingdom of God** is referring to living eternally with God after one’s life on earth has ended. This phrase has a similar meaning to the phrase “to enter into life” which was used in [Mark 9:43](../mrk/09/43.md) and [Mark 9:45](../mrk/09/45.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning of this phrase explicitly. Alternate translation: “to enter into God’s kingdom and live with him forever with only one eye” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit)
-MRK	9	47	t7uv	figs-hyperbole	μονόφθαλμον εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		When Jesus speaks of entering **into the kingdom of God with one eye** he is not being literal, but rather is using hyperbole in order to emphasize the importance of striving against sin and things that could prevent one from receiving eternal life. The Bible teaches that when people enter into eternal life with God, he will restore their bodies of any physical defects. If it would be helpful in your language, you could clarify this in a footnote if you are using footnotes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
+MRK	9	47	t7uv	figs-hyperbole	μονόφθαλμον εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		When Jesus speaks of entering **into the kingdom of God with one eye** he is not being literal, but rather is using exaggeration in order to emphasize the importance of striving against sin and things that could prevent one from receiving eternal life. The Bible teaches that when people enter into eternal life with God, he will restore their bodies of any physical defects. If it would be helpful in your language, you could clarify this in a footnote if you are using footnotes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 MRK	9	47	r2gn	figs-activepassive	βληθῆναι εἰς τὴν Γέενναν	1	to be thrown into hell	See how you translated the phrase **to be thrown into Gehenna** in [Mark 9:45](../mrk/09/45.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 MRK	9	49	mr5y	figs-activepassive	πᾶς…πυρὶ ἁλισθήσεται	1	everyone will be salted with fire	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can express the phrase **will be salted** in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus implies that “God” is the one who will do it. Alternate translation: “God will salt everyone with fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-MRK	9	49	ma3s	figs-metaphor	πυρὶ ἁλισθήσεται	1	will be salted with fire	Here, **fire** is a metaphor for suffering, and putting salt on people is a metaphor for purifying them, so **will be salted with fire** is a metaphor for being purified through suffering. Alternate translation: “will be made pure in the fire of suffering” or “will suffer in order to be purified as a sacrifice is purified with salt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+MRK	9	49	ma3s	figs-metaphor	πυρὶ ἁλισθήσεται	1	will be salted with fire	Here, **fire** is a metaphor for suffering, and putting salt on people is a metaphor for purifying them, so **will be salted with fire** is a metaphor for being purified through suffering. Alternate translation: “will be made pure in the fire of suffering” or “will suffer in order to be purified, as a sacrifice is purified with salt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 MRK	9	50	rb7r		ἄναλον γένηται	1	may become unsalty	Alternate translation: “loses its salty taste”
-MRK	9	50	fqb8	figs-rquestion	ἐν τίνι αὐτὸ ἀρτύσετε	1	with what will you season it?	By using the phrase **with what will you season it** Jesus is not asking for information but rather is using the question form to emphasize a truth that he wants his listeners to understand. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you cannot make it salty again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+MRK	9	50	fqb8	figs-rquestion	ἐν τίνι αὐτὸ ἀρτύσετε	1	with what will you season it?	By using the phrase **with what will you season it**, Jesus is not asking for information, but rather, he is using the question form to emphasize a truth that he wants his listeners to understand. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you cannot make it salty again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 MRK	9	50	t76n		αὐτὸ ἀρτύσετε	1	will you season it	Alternate translation: “will you make it taste salty again”
-MRK	9	50	f34y	figs-metaphor	ἔχετε ἐν ἑαυτοῖς ἅλα	1	Have salt in yourselves	Jesus speaks of doing good things for one another as if good things were **salt**. If your readers would not understand what **salt** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture or you could use plain language. Alternate translation: “Do good to each other, like salt adds flavor to food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-MRK	9	50	syc9	figs-rpronouns	ἔχετε ἐν ἑαυτοῖς ἅλα	1		The plural reflexive pronoun **yourselves** is used here to emphasize that Jesus wanted each of his 12 disciples to apply what he was saying to themselves. Use a form that is natural in your language to indicate this. Alternate translation: “make sure that each of you has salt within yourself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
-MRK	9	50	tind	figs-yousingular	εἰρηνεύετε ἐν ἀλλήλοις	1		**be at peace with one another** is a command or instruction to all of Jesus’ 12 disciples. Use the most natural form in your language to give direction to a group of people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
-MRK	10	intro	bq25			0		# Mark 10 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted material in [Mark10:7-8](../mrk/10/07.md).<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Jesus’ teaching about divorce<br><br>The Pharisees wanted to find a way to make Jesus say that it is good to break the law of Moses, so they asked him about divorce. Jesus tells how God originally designed marriage to show that the Pharisees taught wrongly about divorce.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br><br>Metaphors are mental pictures of visible objects that speakers use to explain invisible truths. When Jesus spoke of “the cup which I will drink,” he was speaking of the pain he would suffer on the cross as if it were a bitter, poisonous liquid in a cup.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Paradox<br><br>A paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. Jesus uses a paradox when he says, “Whoever wishes to become great among you must be your servant” ([Mark 10:43](../mrk/10/43.md)).
-MRK	10	1	qq93	figs-explicit	ἐκεῖθεν ἀναστὰς, ἔρχεται	1	having gotten up, he goes from that place	Jesus’ disciples were traveling with him. They were leaving Capernaum. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “getting up, Jesus and his disciples left Capernaum and went from that place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+MRK	9	50	f34y	figs-metaphor	ἔχετε ἐν ἑαυτοῖς ἅλα	1	Have salt in yourselves	Jesus speaks of doing good things for one another as if good things were **salt**. If it would be helpful in your language to understand what **salt** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture or you could use plain language. Alternate translation: “Do good to each other, like salt adds flavor to food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+MRK	9	50	syc9	figs-rpronouns	ἔχετε ἐν ἑαυτοῖς ἅλα	1		The plural reflexive pronoun **yourselves** is used here to emphasize that Jesus wanted his 12 disciples to apply what he was saying to themselves. Use a form that is natural in your language to indicate this. Alternate translation: “make sure that each of you has salt within yourself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
+MRK	9	50	tind	figs-yousingular	εἰρηνεύετε ἐν ἀλλήλοις	1		The command, **be at peace with one another**, is an instruction to all of Jesus’ 12 disciples. Use the most natural form in your language to give direction to a group of people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
+MRK	10	intro	bq25			0		# Mark 10 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\nSome translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted material in [Mark10:7-8](../mrk/10/07.md).\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Jesus’ teaching about divorce\n\nThe Pharisees wanted to find a way to make Jesus say that it is good to break the law of Moses, so they asked him about divorce. As Jesus tells how God originally designed marriage, he shows that the Pharisees taught wrongly about divorce.\n\n## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter\n\n### Metaphor\n\nMetaphors are mental pictures of visible objects that speakers use to explain invisible truths. When Jesus spoke of “the cup which I will drink,” he was speaking of the pain he would suffer on the cross as if it were a bitter, poisonous liquid in a cup.\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### Paradox\n\nA paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. Jesus uses a paradox when he says, “Whoever wishes to become great among you must be your servant” ([Mark 10:43](../mrk/10/43.md)).
+MRK	10	1	qq93	figs-explicit	ἐκεῖθεν ἀναστὰς, ἔρχεται	1	having gotten up, he goes from that place	Jesus’ disciples were traveling with him, and they were leaving Capernaum. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “getting up, Jesus and his disciples left Capernaum and went from that place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MRK	10	1	goki	figs-go	ἔρχεται	1		Your language may say “comes” rather than **goes** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “he comes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
 MRK	10	1	j5wa		καὶ πέραν τοῦ Ἰορδάνου	1	and the other side of the Jordan River	Alternate translation: “and to the land on the other side of the Jordan River” or “and to the area east of the Jordan River”
 MRK	10	1	s6fy	figs-go	συνπορεύονται…ὄχλοι πρὸς αὐτόν	1		Your language may say “went” rather than **come** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “the crowds went together to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
 MRK	10	1	vzb4		εἰώθει	1	he had been accustomed to do	Alternate translation: “was his custom” or “he usually did”
-MRK	10	5	m73x	figs-metonymy	τὴν σκληροκαρδίαν	1	your hardness of heart	Here, **heart** is a metonym for a person’s inner being or mind. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+MRK	10	5	m73x	figs-metonymy	τὴν σκληροκαρδίαν	1	your hardness of heart	Here, **heart** refers to a person’s inner being or mind. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 MRK	10	5	xqzb	figs-idiom	τὴν σκληροκαρδίαν ὑμῶν	1	your hardness of heart	The phrase **hardness of heart** is an idiom which describes stubbornly choosing to resist God’s will and desires and instead choosing one’s own will and desires. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. See how you translated the phrase “the hardness of their heart” in [Mark 3:5](../mrk/03/05.md). Alternate translation: “your stubbornness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-MRK	10	6	m6lj	figs-nominaladj	ἄρσεν καὶ θῆλυ ἐποίησεν αὐτούς	1	He made them	Here, the adjectives **male** and **female** are being used as nouns in order to describe two groups of people, males and females. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate these in another way. Alternate translation: “God made people male and female” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
-MRK	10	6	jz57	figs-quotesinquotes	ἀπὸ δὲ ἀρχῆς κτίσεως, ἄρσεν καὶ θῆλυ ἐποίησεν αὐτούς	1		Beginning in the previous verse Jesus begins directly addressing the Pharisees with the words “Because of your hardness of heart” and in this verse and the next two verses he continues to address the Pharisees. In this verse, beginning with the phrase **He made them male and female** Jesus begins quoting two Old Testament scripture passages, [Genesis 1:27](../gen/01/27.md) and [Genesis 2:24](../gen/02/24.md) which he concludes at the end of [Mark 10:8](../mrk/10/08.md). Jesus entire address is enclosed with double quotation marks and his quotation of the Old Testament is enclosed with single quotation marks because it is a quote within a quote. If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate Jesus’ direct quotation of the words from the Old Testament as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “But from the beginning of creation the Scriptures tell us that God made people male and female” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
+MRK	10	6	m6lj	figs-nominaladj	ἄρσεν καὶ θῆλυ ἐποίησεν αὐτούς	1	He made them	Here, the adjectives **male** and **female** are being used as nouns in order to describe two groups of people, men and women. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate these in another way. Alternate translation: “God made people male and female” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
+MRK	10	6	jz57	figs-quotesinquotes	ἀπὸ δὲ ἀρχῆς κτίσεως, ἄρσεν καὶ θῆλυ ἐποίησεν αὐτούς	1		Beginning in the previous verse, Jesus begins directly addressing the Pharisees with the words “Because of your hardness of heart.” Here and in the next two verses, he continues to address the Pharisees. In this verse, Jesus begins quoting two Old Testament scripture passages, [Genesis 1:27](../gen/01/27.md) and [Genesis 2:24](../gen/02/24.md) which he concludes at the end of [Mark 10:8](../mrk/10/08.md). Jesus' entire address is enclosed with double quotation marks. His quotation of the Old Testament is enclosed with single quotation marks, because it is a quote within a quote. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate Jesus’ direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “But from the beginning of creation, the Scriptures tell us that God made people male and female” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 MRK	10	7	lfzd	grammar-collectivenouns	καταλείψει ἄνθρωπος τὸν πατέρα αὐτοῦ καὶ τὴν μητέρα	1		Here, the word **man** is a singular noun that refers to a group of people. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “men will leave their fathers and mothers” or “men will leave their parents” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
 MRK	10	8	rd63		καὶ ἔσονται οἱ δύο εἰς σάρκα μίαν; ὥστε οὐκέτι εἰσὶν δύο, ἀλλὰ μία σάρξ	1	and the two will become one flesh	In this verse Jesus finishes his quotation of [Genesis 1:27](../gen/01/27.md) and [Genesis 2:24](../gen/02/24.md). Jesus began quoting Genesis in the second half of [Mark 10:6](../mrk/10/6.md).
-MRK	10	8	p7yc	figs-metaphor	οὐκέτι εἰσὶν δύο, ἀλλὰ μία σάρξ	1	they are no longer two, but one flesh	A husband and wife **no longer** being **two** but instead being **one flesh** is metaphor to illustrate a husband and wife’s close union as a couple. If your readers would not understand what this means you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture or clarify this using plain language. Alternate translation: “the two people are like one person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+MRK	10	8	p7yc	figs-metaphor	οὐκέτι εἰσὶν δύο, ἀλλὰ μία σάρξ	1	they are no longer two, but one flesh	A husband and wife **no longer** being **two** but instead being **one flesh** is metaphor illustrating the husband and wife’s close union as a couple. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture or clarify this using plain language. Alternate translation: “the two people are like one person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 MRK	10	9	ty4e	figs-explicit	ὃ οὖν ὁ Θεὸς συνέζευξεν, ἄνθρωπος μὴ χωριζέτω	1	Therefore what God joined together, let man not separate	The phrase **what God joined together** refers to any married couple. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Therefore, since God has joined together husband and wife, let no one separate them” or “Therefore, since God has joined together husband and wife, let no one tear them apart” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MRK	10	9	pty4	figs-gendernotations	ἄνθρωπος μὴ χωριζέτω	1		Here, although the term **man** is masculine, it is used in a generic sense to refer to any person, male or female. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “should not be separated by any person” or “let people not separate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
-MRK	10	10	l8fu	figs-explicit	περὶ τούτου ἐπηρώτων αὐτόν	1	asked him about this	The word **this** refers to the conversation that Jesus had just had with the Pharisees about divorce. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “asked Jesus about the conversation he had just had with the Pharisees” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-MRK	10	11	i5kp	figs-genericnoun	ὃς ἂν	1	Whoever	**Whoever** here does not refer to anyone, but rather to any person who **might divorce his wife and marry another** person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Anyone who” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
+MRK	10	10	l8fu	figs-explicit	περὶ τούτου ἐπηρώτων αὐτόν	1	asked him about this	The word **this** refers to the conversation that Jesus just had with the Pharisees about divorce. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “asked Jesus about the conversation he had just had with the Pharisees” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+MRK	10	11	i5kp	figs-genericnoun	ὃς ἂν	1	Whoever	Here the word **Whoever** does not refer to anyone in the world, but rather to any person who **divorces his wife and marries another** person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Anyone who” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
 MRK	10	12	sn1m	figs-explicit	μοιχᾶται	1	she commits adultery	Here, the phrase **she commits adultery** means that a woman who divorces her husband and marries another man commits adultery against her previous husband. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “she commits adultery against the first man she married” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MRK	10	13	zx1f	writing-newevent	καὶ	1	And they were bringing	Here, the word **And** introduces a new event. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “And it happened that” or “After this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 MRK	10	13	nmw7	figs-explicit	προσέφερον	1		Here, **they** refers to people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -688,92 +688,92 @@ MRK	10	15	y3a2		ὃς ἂν μὴ δέξηται τὴν Βασιλείαν το
 MRK	10	15	a1e7	figs-simile	ὡς παιδίον	1	as a little child	The point of the comparison, **as a little child**, is that Jesus is comparing how a person must receive the kingdom of God with how a little child would receive things. If it would help in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “with humble faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
 MRK	10	15	q3ck	figs-explicit	οὐ μὴ εἰσέλθῃ εἰς αὐτήν	1	may certainly not enter into it	Here, the word **it** refers to the kingdom of God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “will certainly not enter the kingdom of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MRK	10	16	jq4f		ἐναγκαλισάμενος αὐτὰ	1	having taken them into his arms	Alternate translation: “embracing the children in his arms”
-MRK	10	17	fpp6	figs-metaphor	ἵνα ζωὴν αἰώνιον κληρονομήσω	1	in order that I might inherit everlasting life	Here, the word **inherit** means “be given” or “receive” and is being used to mean “receive eternal life” or “be given eternal.” If your readers would not understand what it means to **inherit eternal life** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in order to receive eternal life” or “in order to obtain eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+MRK	10	17	fpp6	figs-metaphor	ἵνα ζωὴν αἰώνιον κληρονομήσω	1	in order that I might inherit everlasting life	Here, the word **inherit** means “be given” or “receive” and is being used to mean “receive eternal life” or “be given eternal life.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in order to receive eternal life” or “in order to obtain eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 MRK	10	17	d0iy		Διδάσκαλε	1		See how you translated **Teacher** in [4:38](../4/38.md).
 MRK	10	17	h45i	figs-abstractnouns	ζωὴν	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **life**, you can express the idea behind **life** by using a verbal form like “live,” as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-MRK	10	18	lw1f	figs-rquestion	τί με λέγεις ἀγαθόν	1	Why are you calling me good?	Jesus’ statement “Why are you calling me good” is a rhetorical question which Jesus is using in order to make a point and not to obtain information. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate Jesus’ words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You do not understand what you are saying when you call me good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-MRK	10	18	gyod	figs-explicit	τί με λέγεις ἀγαθόν? οὐδεὶς ἀγαθὸς, εἰ μὴ εἷς ὁ Θεός	1		By saying, **Why are you calling me good? No one is good except God alone**, Jesus is correcting the man’s misunderstanding regarding eternal life and about what it takes to please God. In the previous verse, the man called Jesus “Good Teacher” thinking that Jesus was a good man but not knowing that Jesus was God. In this verse, Jesus redirects the man’s focus away from people and towards God. As evidenced by the man’s question to Jesus in the previous verse, the man thinks that in order to merit God’s approval and “inherit eternal life” a person simply needs to know the right things and do them. Jesus’ words in this verse are meant to correct the man’s thinking and show the man that only God is fully good and that to please God a person must focus on God and put their trust in God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-MRK	10	19	qs3e	figs-quotesinquotes	τὰς ἐντολὰς οἶδας: μὴ φονεύσῃς, μὴ μοιχεύσῃς, μὴ κλέψῃς, μὴ ψευδομαρτυρήσῃς, μὴ ἀποστερήσῃς, τίμα τὸν πατέρα σου καὶ τὴν μητέρα	1		In the previous verse Jesus begins directly addressing the man who came to him. This verse continues Jesus’ direct speech to the man. However, in this verse, beginning with the phrase **Do not kill**, Jesus begins quoting several Old Testament passages. If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate Jesus’ direct quotation of the Old Testament as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “You know that the Scriptures tell us that we should not kill, commit adultery, steal, testify falsely, or defraud others, and that each person must honor their father and mother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
+MRK	10	18	lw1f	figs-rquestion	τί με λέγεις ἀγαθόν	1	Why are you calling me good?	Jesus’ statement “Why are you calling me good” is a rhetorical question which Jesus is using in order to make a point and not to obtain information. If you would not use a rhetorical question to make a point in your language, you could translate Jesus’ words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You do not understand what you are saying when you call me good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+MRK	10	18	gyod	figs-explicit	τί με λέγεις ἀγαθόν? οὐδεὶς ἀγαθὸς, εἰ μὴ εἷς ὁ Θεός	1		By saying, **Why are you calling me good? No one is good except God alone**, Jesus is correcting the man’s misunderstanding regarding eternal life and about what it takes to please God. In the previous verse, the man called Jesus “Good Teacher,” thinking that Jesus was a good man but not knowing that Jesus was God. In this verse, Jesus redirects the man’s focus away from people and towards God. As evidenced by the man’s question to Jesus in the previous verse, the man thinks that in order to merit God’s approval and “inherit eternal life,” a person simply needs to know the right things and do them. Jesus’ words in this verse are meant to correct the man’s thinking and show the man that only God is fully good and that to please God, a person must focus on God and put their trust in God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+MRK	10	19	qs3e	figs-quotesinquotes	τὰς ἐντολὰς οἶδας: μὴ φονεύσῃς, μὴ μοιχεύσῃς, μὴ κλέψῃς, μὴ ψευδομαρτυρήσῃς, μὴ ἀποστερήσῃς, τίμα τὸν πατέρα σου καὶ τὴν μητέρα	1		In the previous verse Jesus begins directly addressing the man who came to him. This verse continues Jesus’ direct speech to the man. However, in this verse, beginning with the phrase **Do not kill**, Jesus begins quoting several Old Testament passages. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate Jesus’ direct quotation of the Old Testament as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “You know that the Scriptures tell us that we should not kill, commit adultery, steal, testify falsely, or defraud others, and that each person must honor their father and mother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 MRK	10	19	hj3v		μὴ ψευδομαρτυρήσῃς	1	do not testify falsely	Alternate translation: “do not testify falsely against anyone” or “do not lie about someone in court”
 MRK	10	20	bd3s		Διδάσκαλε	1		See how you translated **Teacher** in [4:38](../4/38.md).
-MRK	10	21	syq1	figs-metaphor	ἕν σε ὑστερεῖ	1	One thing you are lacking	Here, **lack** is a metaphor for still needing to do something. If your readers would not understand what it means to **lack** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “One thing you need to do” or “There is one thing you have not yet done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-MRK	10	21	rd85	figs-explicit	δὸς τοῖς πτωχοῖς	1	give it to the poor	Here, the word **it** refers to the money the man would receive from selling his possessions. IIf it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+MRK	10	21	syq1	figs-metaphor	ἕν σε ὑστερεῖ	1	One thing you are lacking	Here, **lack** is a metaphor for still needing to do something. If it would be helpful in your language to understand what it means to **lack** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “One thing you need to do” or “There is one thing you have not yet done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+MRK	10	21	rd85	figs-explicit	δὸς τοῖς πτωχοῖς	1	give it to the poor	Here, the word **it** refers to the money the man would receive from selling his possessions. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MRK	10	21	ux1l	figs-nominaladj	τοῖς πτωχοῖς	1	to the poor	Jesus is using the adjective **poor** as a noun in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate the phrase **the poor** with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are poor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
-MRK	10	21	iij4	figs-metaphor	ἕξεις θησαυρὸν ἐν οὐρανῷ	1	treasure	Jesus speaks of rewards in heaven as if these rewards are **treasure**. If your readers would not understand what it means to **have treasure in heaven** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation, “you will be rewarded in heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-MRK	10	22	afu7	figs-synecdoche	τῷ λόγῳ	1		Although the term **word** is singular, Mark is using this term to refer to all of the instructions that Jesus gave the man in the prior verse. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+MRK	10	21	iij4	figs-metaphor	ἕξεις θησαυρὸν ἐν οὐρανῷ	1	treasure	Jesus speaks of rewards in heaven as if these rewards are **treasure**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation, “you will be rewarded in heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+MRK	10	22	afu7	figs-synecdoche	τῷ λόγῳ	1		Although the term **word** is singular, Mark is using this term to refer to all of the instructions that Jesus gave the man in the prior verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 MRK	10	22	v58f		ἔχων κτήματα πολλά	1	one having many possessions	Alternate translation: “someone who owned many things”
 MRK	10	24	z9z1		ὁ δὲ Ἰησοῦς πάλιν ἀποκριθεὶς λέγει αὐτοῖς	1	but again answering, Jesus says to them	Alternate translation: “but Jesus said to his disciples again”
-MRK	10	24	fh1q	figs-metaphor	τέκνα	1	Children, how	Here, Jesus is using the term **Children** to describe the disciples. They are under his spiritual care and Jesus teaches them as a father would instruct his children, and regards them in that sense. If your readers would not understand the use of the term **Children** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture or you could translate this plainly, as UST does. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor)
-MRK	10	25	f15k	figs-hyperbole	εὐκοπώτερόν ἐστιν κάμηλον διὰ τρυμαλιᾶς ῥαφίδος διελθεῖν, ἢ πλούσιον εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ εἰσελθεῖν	1	It is easier for a camel to pass through the eye of a needle than for a rich person to enter into the kingdom of God	This entire verse is an exaggeration which Jesus uses to emphasize how difficult it is for **rich** people **to enter into the kingdom of God**. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that expresses the difficulty of something happening. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
-MRK	10	25	t4y8	translate-unknown	εὐκοπώτερόν ἐστιν κάμηλον διὰ τρυμαλιᾶς ῥαφίδος διελθεῖν, ἢ πλούσιον εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ εἰσελθεῖν	1	the eye of a needle	**the eye of a needle** refers to the small hole at the end of a sewing **needle** that thread passes through. If your readers are not familiar with camels and/or needles, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture, or you could state this in plain language without using hyperbole and express the emphasis another way. Alternate translation: “It is extremely difficult for a rich person to enter into the kingdom of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
+MRK	10	24	fh1q	figs-metaphor	τέκνα	1	Children, how	Here Jesus is using the term **Children** to describe the disciples. They are under his spiritual care and Jesus teaches them as a father would instruct his children, and he regards them in that sense. If your readers would not understand the use of the term **Children** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture or you could translate this plainly, as UST does. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor)
+MRK	10	25	f15k	figs-hyperbole	εὐκοπώτερόν ἐστιν κάμηλον διὰ τρυμαλιᾶς ῥαφίδος διελθεῖν, ἢ πλούσιον εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ εἰσελθεῖν	1	It is easier for a camel to pass through the eye of a needle than for a rich person to enter into the kingdom of God	This entire verse is an exaggeration which Jesus uses to emphasize how difficult it is for **rich** people **to enter into the kingdom of God**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that expresses the difficulty of something happening. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
+MRK	10	25	t4y8	translate-unknown	εὐκοπώτερόν ἐστιν κάμηλον διὰ τρυμαλιᾶς ῥαφίδος διελθεῖν, ἢ πλούσιον εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ εἰσελθεῖν	1	the eye of a needle	This phrase, **the eye of a needle**, refers to the small hole at the end of a sewing **needle** through which the thread passes. If your readers are not familiar with camels and/or needles, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture, or you could state this in plain language without using hyperbole and express the emphasis another way. Alternate translation: “It is extremely difficult for a rich person to enter into the kingdom of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 MRK	10	27	vfyb	figs-gendernotations	ἀνθρώποις	1		Here, although the term **men** is masculine, it is used with a generic sense to refer to people in general, both male and female. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 MRK	10	28	hcv3	figs-exclamations	ἰδοὺ	1	Behold	**Behold** is an exclamation word which is used to draw attention to the words that come next. Use an exclamation that is natural in your language for communicating this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
-MRK	10	29	zhx5	figs-litotes	οὐδείς ἐστιν ὃς ἀφῆκεν	1	there is no one who has left	The phrase **there is no one who has left** is a litotes. Jesus uses the negative word **no** to negate **one** in order to emphasize that every single person who leaves things for Jesus’ sake will receive the rewards that he lists in the next verse. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “everyone who has left” or “every person who has left” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
+MRK	10	29	zhx5	figs-litotes	οὐδείς ἐστιν ὃς ἀφῆκεν	1	there is no one who has left	The phrase **there is no one who has left** is a litotes. Jesus uses the negative word **no** to negate **one** in order to emphasize that every single person who leaves things for Jesus’ sake will receive the rewards that he lists in the next verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “everyone who has left” or “every person who has left” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
 MRK	10	29	m1w3		ἢ ἀγροὺς	1	or lands	Alternate translation: “or the land that he owns”
-MRK	10	30	sjhg	figs-doublenegatives	ἐὰν μὴ λάβῃ	1	who may not receive	The phrase **not receive** in this verse, when combined with the phrase “no one” in the previous verse, creates a double negative. If this is confusing in your language you can state the entire sentence positively. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
+MRK	10	30	sjhg	figs-doublenegatives	ἐὰν μὴ λάβῃ	1	who may not receive	The phrase **not receive** in this verse, when combined with the phrase “no one” in the previous verse, creates a double negative. If it would be helpful in your language, you can state the entire sentence positively. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
 MRK	10	30	heb4		ἐν τῷ καιρῷ τούτῳ	1	in this time	Alternate translation: “in this present age”
 MRK	10	31	y2lu	figs-nominaladj	πολλοὶ…ἔσονται πρῶτοι ἔσχατοι, καὶ ἔσχατοι πρῶτοι	1		Jesus is using the adjectives **first** and **last** as nouns in order to indicate groups of people. See how you translated the words **first** and **last** in [Mark 9:35](../mrk/09/35.md). Alternate translation: “many people who are now important will not be, and the people who are not now important, will be” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj)
 MRK	10	31	ym7t	figs-metaphor	ἔσονται πρῶτοι ἔσχατοι, καὶ ἔσχατοι πρῶτοι	1	who are first will be last, and the last first	Here, Jesus is using the words **first** and **last** metaphorically. See how you translated these words in [Mark 9:35](../mrk/09/35.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-MRK	10	32	hq7y	figs-explicit	οἱ…ἀκολουθοῦντες	1	those who are following behind	Some people were walking behind Jesus and his twelve disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “those people who were following behind them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+MRK	10	32	hq7y	figs-explicit	οἱ…ἀκολουθοῦντες	1	those who are following behind	Some people were walking behind Jesus and his 12 disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “those people who were following behind them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MRK	10	32	k1nn	figs-nominaladj	τοὺς δώδεκα	1		See how you translated the phrase **the Twelve** in [3:16](../3/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 MRK	10	33	pv4w	figs-exclamations	ἰδοὺ	1	Behold	**Behold** is an exclamation word which Jesus is using to draw attention to the words that he says next. Use an exclamation that is natural in your language for communicating this. “Pay attention to what I am about to tell you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
-MRK	10	33	qkq9	figs-exclusive	ἀναβαίνομεν	1		When Jesus says **we**, he is speaking of himself and the 12 disciples so **we** would be inclusive. Your language may require you to mark this form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
-MRK	10	33	s1hp	figs-123person	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδοθήσεται τοῖς ἀρχιερεῦσιν καὶ γραμματεῦσιν, καὶ κατακρινοῦσιν αὐτὸν θανάτῳ, καὶ παραδώσουσιν αὐτὸν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν	1	the Son of Man will be delivered	Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man, will be delivered to the chief priests and the scribes, and they will condemn me to death and deliver me to the Gentiles” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person)
-MRK	10	33	ha2g	figs-activepassive	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδοθήσεται	1	the Son of Man will be delivered	If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can express the meaning behind the phrase **will be delivered** by using an active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they will hand the Son of Man over” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+MRK	10	33	qkq9	figs-exclusive	ἀναβαίνομεν	1		When Jesus says **we**, he is speaking of himself and the 12 disciples, so **we** would be inclusive. Your language may require you to mark this form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
+MRK	10	33	s1hp	figs-123person	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδοθήσεται τοῖς ἀρχιερεῦσιν καὶ γραμματεῦσιν, καὶ κατακρινοῦσιν αὐτὸν θανάτῳ, καὶ παραδώσουσιν αὐτὸν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν	1	the Son of Man will be delivered	In speaking of himself as **the Son of Man**, Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man, will be delivered to the chief priests and the scribes, and they will condemn me to death and deliver me to the Gentiles” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person)
+MRK	10	33	ha2g	figs-activepassive	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδοθήσεται	1	the Son of Man will be delivered	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can express the meaning behind the phrase **will be handed over** by using an active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they will deliver the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 MRK	10	33	ohsf	figs-abstractnouns	καὶ κατακρινοῦσιν αὐτὸν θανάτῳ	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **death**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **death** by using a verbal form of this word, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 MRK	10	33	ils2		παραδώσουσιν αὐτὸν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν	1	deliver him to the Gentiles	Alternate translation: “put him under the control of the Gentiles”
-MRK	10	34	ccd3	figs-123person	ἐμπαίξουσιν	1	they will mock	In this verse Jesus continues referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person, as modeled by the UST. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person)
+MRK	10	34	ccd3	figs-123person	ἐμπαίξουσιν	1	they will mock	In this verse Jesus continues referring to himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person, as modeled by the UST. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person)
 MRK	10	34	t0lt	writing-pronouns	ἐμπαίξουσιν	1		The pronoun **they** refers to “the Gentiles” mentioned in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Gentiles will mock him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 MRK	10	34	xv2g	figs-explicit	ἀναστήσεται	1	he will rise	The phrase **he will rise** refers to rising from the dead. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he will rise from being dead” or “he will rise from his grave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-MRK	10	35	li9k	figs-exclusive	θέλομεν…αἰτήσωμέν…ἡμῖν	1	we desire … for us … we may ask	Here, the pronouns **we** and **us** refer only to James and John and so they would be exclusive. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
+MRK	10	35	li9k	figs-exclusive	θέλομεν…αἰτήσωμέν…ἡμῖν	1	we desire … for us … we may ask	Here, the pronouns **we** and **us** refer only to James and John, and so they would be exclusive. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 MRK	10	35	ch2r		Διδάσκαλε	1		See how you translated **Teacher** in [4:38](../4/38.md).
 MRK	10	36	he8f	writing-pronouns	αὐτοῖς	1		The pronoun **them** refers to James and John. Alternate translation: “to James and John” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 MRK	10	37	xwf8	writing-pronouns	οἱ δὲ εἶπαν αὐτῷ	1		The pronoun **they** refers to James and John. Alternate translation: “And James and John said to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-MRK	10	37	n1fv	figs-exclusive	δὸς ἡμῖν…καθίσωμεν	1		Here, the pronouns **us** and **we** refer only to James and John and so they would be exclusive. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
-MRK	10	37	bb98	figs-explicit	ἐν τῇ δόξῃ σου	1	in your glory	The phrase **in your glory** refers to when Jesus is glorified and gloriously rules over his kingdom. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “with you when you rule in your kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+MRK	10	37	n1fv	figs-exclusive	δὸς ἡμῖν…καθίσωμεν	1		Here, the pronouns **us** and **we** refer only to James and John, so they would be exclusive. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
+MRK	10	37	bb98	figs-explicit	ἐν τῇ δόξῃ σου	1	in your glory	The phrase **in your glory** refers to when Jesus is glorified and gloriously rules over his kingdom. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “beside you when you rule in your kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MRK	10	37	kyg6	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν τῇ δόξῃ σου	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **glory**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **glory** in another way such as using a verbal form of the word. Alternate translation: “next to you when you are glorified” or “sit by you when you are glorified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 MRK	10	38	v1bf		οὐκ οἴδατε	1	You do not know	Alternate translation: “You do not understand”
-MRK	10	38	yvu8	figs-idiom	πιεῖν τὸ ποτήριον ὃ ἐγὼ πίνω	1	to drink the cup which I am drinking	The phrase **to drink the cup** is an idiom which refers to suffering some experience which is difficult to undergo or experience. In the Bible suffering is often referred to as drinking from a cup. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “suffer as I will suffer” or “drink the cup of suffering that I will drink” or “drink from the cup of suffering that I will drink from” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-MRK	10	38	pax6	figs-metaphor	τὸ βάπτισμα ὃ ἐγὼ βαπτίζομαι βαπτισθῆναι	1		The phrase **to be baptized with the baptism** is a metaphor which refers to being overwhelmed by difficult circumstances. Just as water covers a person during baptism, suffering and trials overwhelm a person. Here, this metaphor for suffering refers specifically to Jesus’ future suffering in Jerusalem and death by crucifixion. If your readers would not understand this metaphor for suffering, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture or use plain language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-MRK	10	38	hlue	figs-activepassive	ἐγὼ βαπτίζομαι	1		The phrase **I am being baptized** is passive in form. If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+MRK	10	38	yvu8	figs-idiom	πιεῖν τὸ ποτήριον ὃ ἐγὼ πίνω	1	to drink the cup which I am drinking	The phrase **to drink the cup** is an idiom which refers to suffering some experience which is difficult to undergo or experience. In the Bible, suffering is often referred to as "drinking from a cup." If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “suffer as I will suffer” or “drink the cup of suffering that I will drink” or “drink from the cup of suffering from which I will drink” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+MRK	10	38	pax6	figs-metaphor	τὸ βάπτισμα ὃ ἐγὼ βαπτίζομαι βαπτισθῆναι	1		The phrase **to be baptized with the baptism** is a metaphor which refers to being overwhelmed by difficult circumstances. Just as water covers a person during baptism, suffering and trials overwhelm a person. Here this metaphor for suffering refers specifically to Jesus’ future suffering in Jerusalem and his death by crucifixion. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture or use plain language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+MRK	10	38	hlue	figs-activepassive	ἐγὼ βαπτίζομαι	1		The phrase **I am being baptized** is passive in form. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 MRK	10	39	r3pm	writing-pronouns	οἱ…αὐτοῖς	1	We are able	Here, the pronouns **they** and **them** refer to James and John. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate this explicitly. Alternate translation: “James and John … to James and John” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 MRK	10	39	hc1g	figs-idiom	τὸ ποτήριον ὃ ἐγὼ πίνω, πίεσθε	1	you will drink	**The cup that I drink** is an idiom. See how you translated this idiom in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-MRK	10	39	c15v	figs-metaphor	τὸ βάπτισμα ὃ ἐγὼ βαπτίζομαι, βαπτισθήσεσθε	1		In this verse Jesus continues to use **baptism** metaphorically. See how you translated Jesus’ metaphorical use of baptism in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+MRK	10	39	c15v	figs-metaphor	τὸ βάπτισμα ὃ ἐγὼ βαπτίζομαι, βαπτισθήσεσθε	1		In this verse Jesus continues to use **baptism** to mean something more. See how you translated Jesus’ symbolic use of baptism in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 MRK	10	39	humc	figs-activepassive	ἐγὼ βαπτίζομαι, βαπτισθήσεσθε	1		The phrase **I am being baptized** and the phrase **you will be baptized** are both passive in form. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state these two phrases in active form as modeled by the UST or you can express the meaning in another way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 MRK	10	40	pdc1	figs-explicit	ἀλλ’ οἷς ἡτοίμασται	1	but it is for those for whom it has been prepared	The word **it** refers to the places at Jesus’ right and left hand. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “but those places are for those for whom they have been prepared by God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MRK	10	40	eu9v	figs-activepassive	ἡτοίμασται	1	it has been prepared	The phrase **it has been prepared** is passive in form. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus says in [Matthew 20:23](../mat/20/23.md) that God the Father is the one who will prepare these places. Alternate translation: “God has prepared it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-MRK	10	41	ad19	figs-explicit	ἀκούσαντες	1	When heard about this	The word **this** refers to James and John asking to sit at Jesus’ right and left hand. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-MRK	10	41	i48d	figs-explicit	οἱ δέκα	1		**the ten** refers to the other ten disciples of Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+MRK	10	41	ad19	figs-explicit	ἀκούσαντες	1	When heard about this	The word **this** refers to James and John asking to sit at Jesus’ right and left hand. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+MRK	10	41	i48d	figs-explicit	οἱ δέκα	1		Here, **the ten** refers to the other ten disciples of Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MRK	10	42	sbk8		προσκαλεσάμενος αὐτοὺς ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1	having summoned them, Jesus	Alternate translation: “after Jesus called his disciples to him, he”
-MRK	10	42	zfr3	figs-abstractnouns	κατεξουσιάζουσιν	1	exercise authority over	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **authority**, you can express the idea behind this abstract noun in another way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-MRK	10	43	zfz6	figs-explicit	οὐχ οὕτως…ἐστιν ἐν ὑμῖν	1	But it is not this way among you	The phrase **it is not this way among you** means “this is not the reality you live by as my followers” or “it should not be this way among you” and refers back to the way that Jesus said the Gentile rulers governed in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “But you live by a different set of principles than the Gentile rulers do” or “But you are to act differently than the Gentile rulers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+MRK	10	42	zfr3	figs-abstractnouns	κατεξουσιάζουσιν	1	exercise authority over	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **authority**, you can express the idea behind this abstract noun in another way, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+MRK	10	43	zfz6	figs-explicit	οὐχ οὕτως…ἐστιν ἐν ὑμῖν	1	But it is not this way among you	The phrase **it is not this way among you** means “this is not the reality you live by as my followers” or “it should not be this way among you.” The phrase refers back to the way that Jesus said the Gentile rulers governed in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “But you live by a different set of principles than do the Gentile rulers" or “But you are to act differently than the Gentile rulers act” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MRK	10	43	fc3m		μέγας γενέσθαι	1	to become great	Alternate translation: “to be highly respected” or “to be greatly respected”
 MRK	10	43	gfun	figs-declarative	ἔσται ὑμῶν διάκονος	1		Jesus is using the future statement **will be your servant** to give an instruction. See how you translated the phrase “will be” in [Mark 9:35](../mrk/09/35.md) where it occurs with the same meaning and in a similar context. Alternate translation: “must be your servant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
-MRK	10	44	e7sn	figs-metaphor	εἶναι πρῶτος	1	to be first	Here, **to be first** is a metaphor for being the most important. See how you translated **first** in [Mark 9:35](../mrk/09/35.md). Alternate translation: “to be the most important” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+MRK	10	44	e7sn	figs-metaphor	εἶναι πρῶτος	1	to be first	Here, **to be first** means being the most important. See how you translated **first** in [Mark 9:35](../mrk/09/35.md). Alternate translation: “to be the most important” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 MRK	10	44	qzo8	figs-declarative	ἔσται πάντων δοῦλος	1		Jesus is using the future statement **will be a slave of all** to give an instruction. See how you translated the phrase “will be” in [10:43](../10/43.md), where it occurs with the same meaning. Alternate translation: “must be a slave of all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
-MRK	10	44	u5yb	figs-hyperbole	ἔσται…δοῦλος	1		Jesus speaks of being **a slave** to emphasize the great effort Jesus’ followers should make to serve others. If Jesus’ exaggeration would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that shows service or you could clarify that Jesus is teaching that his followers must act similar to slaves in their service to others. as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
+MRK	10	44	u5yb	figs-hyperbole	ἔσται…δοῦλος	1		Jesus speaks of being **a slave** to emphasize the great effort Jesus’ followers should make to serve others. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that shows service, or you could clarify that Jesus is teaching that his followers must act in a way that is similar to slaves in their service to others. as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 MRK	10	45	ctta	figs-123person	καὶ γὰρ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1		Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person as modeled by the UST. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person)
-MRK	10	45	pmk3	figs-go	οὐκ ἦλθεν	1		Your language may say “leave” or “go” rather than **come** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “did not leave heaven and go to earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
+MRK	10	45	pmk3	figs-go	οὐκ ἦλθεν	1		Your language may say “go” rather than **come** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “did not leave heaven and go to earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
 MRK	10	45	a3fr	figs-activepassive	διακονηθῆναι	1	For even the Son of Man did not come to be served	The phrase **to be served** is passive in form. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “to have people serve him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 MRK	10	45	rik1		διακονηθῆναι, ἀλλὰ διακονῆσαι	1	to be served, but to serve	Alternate translation: “to be served by people, but to serve people”
 MRK	10	45	d9jd		ἀντὶ πολλῶν	1	in exchange for many	Alternate translation: “in place of many people’s lives” or “in exchange for many people”
-MRK	10	46	n4i3	figs-go	ἔρχονται εἰς Ἰερειχώ	1	Connecting Statement:	Your language may say “went” rather than **come** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “they went into Jericho” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
+MRK	10	46	n4i3	figs-go	ἔρχονται εἰς Ἰερειχώ	1	Connecting Statement:	Your language may say "go" or “went” rather than **come** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “they went into Jericho” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
 MRK	10	46	bq3j	figs-go	ἐκπορευομένου αὐτοῦ	1	Bartimaeus, a blind beggar, son of Timaeus	Your language may say “coming” rather than **going** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “as he is coming out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
-MRK	10	47	ow3g	translate-names	Ἰησοῦς ὁ Ναζαρηνός	1		The people call Jesus, **Jesus the Nazarene** because he was from the town of Nazareth in Galilee. Alternate translation: “Jesus from the town of Nazareth” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names)
-MRK	10	47	opm0	grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ	1		Here, Mark uses **And** to introduce a reason result statement. **And** introduces the reason **having heard that it was Jesus**, which resulted in Bartimaeus beginning **to cry out and to say, “Son of David, Jesus, have mercy on me!”** When the blind man learned that Jesus was walking by, he knew that Jesus would hear him if he called out, so as a result, he shouted to him. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a reason result statement. Alternate translation: “So” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result)
+MRK	10	47	ow3g	translate-names	Ἰησοῦς ὁ Ναζαρηνός	1		The people call Jesus **Jesus the Nazarene** because he was from the town of Nazareth in Galilee. Alternate translation: “Jesus from the town of Nazareth” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names)
+MRK	10	47	opm0	grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ	1		Here, Mark uses **And** to introduce a reason-result statement. **And** introduces the reason, **having heard that it was Jesus**, which resulted in Bartimaeus beginning **to cry out and to say, “Son of David, Jesus, have mercy on me!”** When the blind man learned that Jesus was walking by, he knew that Jesus would hear him if he called out, so as a result, he shouted to him. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a reason-result statement. Alternate translation: “So” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result)
 MRK	10	47	ynr7	figs-metaphor	Υἱὲ Δαυεὶδ	1	having heard that it was Jesus	The blind man is using the word **Son** to mean “descendant.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning using plain language. Alternate translation: “Descendant of David” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor)
 MRK	10	47	vwz9	figs-explicit	Υἱὲ Δαυεὶδ	1	Son of David	**David** was Israel’s most important king, and God had promised him that one of his descendants would be the Messiah. So the title **Son of David** implicitly meant “Messiah.” Alternate translation: “Messiah” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit)
 MRK	10	47	ylls	figs-abstractnouns	ἐλέησόν με	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **mercy**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **mercy** by using an adjective form such as “merciful” or by expressing it some other way. Alternate translation: “be merciful to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-MRK	10	47	s2dr	figs-imperative	ἐλέησόν με	1		The phrase **have mercy** is an imperative, but it should be translated as a polite request rather than as a command. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “please be merciful to me” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative)
-MRK	10	47	tvkh	figs-explicit	ἐλέησόν με	1		The blind man assumes that Jesus will know that he is asking specifically to be healed. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “please have mercy on me and heal me” or “please be merciful to me by healing me” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit)
+MRK	10	47	s2dr	figs-imperative	ἐλέησόν με	1		The phrase **have mercy** is an imperative, but it should be translated as a polite request rather than as a command. It may be helpful to add a word such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “please be merciful to me” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative)
+MRK	10	47	tvkh	figs-explicit	ἐλέησόν με	1		The blind man assumes that Jesus will know that he is asking to be healed. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “please have mercy on me and heal me” or “please be merciful to me by healing me” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit)
 MRK	10	48	ca5u		ἐπετίμων αὐτῷ πολλοὶ ἵνα σιωπήσῃ	1	many were rebuking	Alternate translation: “many people kept telling him not to shout”
 MRK	10	48	m32u		πολλῷ μᾶλλον ἔκραζεν	1	much more	The phrase **was crying out much more** could mean: (1) that the blind man shouted even louder to Jesus. (2) that the blind man called out even more persistently. Alternate translation: “called out even more persistently”
 MRK	10	48	l86a	figs-explicit	Υἱὲ Δαυείδ, ἐλέησόν με	1		See how you decided to translate this phrase in [10:47](../010/47.md). Alternate translation: “Messiah, please have mercy on me and heal me” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit)
-MRK	10	49	ac7h	writing-pronouns	φωνοῦσι	1	they call	Here, the pronoun **they** refers to the crowd. If this might confuse your readers, you could state explicitly who **they** refers to. Alternate translation: “some people in the crowd called” or “some people in the front of the crowd called” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+MRK	10	49	ac7h	writing-pronouns	φωνοῦσι	1	they call	Here, the pronoun **they** refers to the crowd. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state explicitly who **they** refers to. Alternate translation: “some people in the crowd called” or “some people in the front of the crowd called” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 MRK	10	49	n6xl	figs-abstractnouns	θάρσει	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **courage**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **courage** by using an adjective form such as “courageous” or by expressing it some other way. Alternate translation: “Be courageous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-MRK	10	52	s5d2	figs-explicit	ἡ πίστις σου σέσωκέν σε	1	Your faith has healed you	This phrase is written this way to place emphasis on the man’s **faith**. Jesus heals the man because he believes that Jesus can heal him. If it would be helpful in your language, this could be made explicit. Alternate translation: “I am healing you because you believed in me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-MRK	10	52	bjuw	figs-abstractnouns	ἡ πίστις σου σέσωκέν σε	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you can express the idea behind this word by using a verb such as “trusted” as modeled by the UST or by expressing the meaning of **faith** some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-MRK	10	52	ub7w	figs-abstractnouns	ἀνέβλεψεν	1	he was following him	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **sight**, you can express the idea behind this word by using a verb such as “see” as modeled by the UST or by expressing the meaning of **sight** in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+MRK	10	52	s5d2	figs-explicit	ἡ πίστις σου σέσωκέν σε	1	Your faith has healed you	This phrase is written this way to place emphasis on the man’s **faith**. Jesus heals the man because the man believes that Jesus can heal him. If it would be helpful in your language, this could be made explicit. Alternate translation: “I am healing you because you have believed in me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+MRK	10	52	bjuw	figs-abstractnouns	ἡ πίστις σου σέσωκέν σε	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you can express the idea behind this word by using a verb such as “trusted,” as modeled by the UST, or by expressing the meaning of **faith** some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+MRK	10	52	ub7w	figs-abstractnouns	ἀνέβλεψεν	1	he was following him	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **sight**, you can express the idea behind this word by using a verb such as “see,” as modeled by the UST, or by expressing the meaning of **sight** in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 MRK	11	intro	xg3t			0		# Mark 11 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in [Mark 11:9-10](../mrk/11/09.md) and [Mark 11:17](../mrk/11/17.md), which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The donkey and the colt<br><br>Jesus rode into Jerusalem on an animal. In this way he was like a king who came into a city after he had won an important battle. Also, the kings of Israel in the Old Testament rode on a donkeys. Other kings rode on horses. So Jesus was showing that he was the king of Israel and that he was not like other kings.<br><br>Matthew, Mark, Luke, and John all wrote about this event. Matthew and Mark wrote that the disciples brought Jesus a donkey. John wrote that Jesus found a donkey. Luke wrote that they brought him a colt. Only Matthew wrote that there were both a donkey had a colt. No one knows for sure whether Jesus rode the donkey or the colt. It is best to translate each of these accounts as it appears in the ULT without trying to make them all say exactly the same thing. (See: [Matthew 21:1-7](../mat/21/01.md) and [Mark 11:1-7](../mrk/11/01.md) and [Luke 19:29-36](../luk/19/29.md) and [John 12:14-15](../jhn/12/14.md))
 MRK	11	1	ch4j	figs-go	ἐγγίζουσιν	1	And when they come to Jerusalem, to Bethphage and Bethany, to the Mount of Olives	Your language may say “went” rather than **come** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “they went near” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
 MRK	11	1	g1fy	translate-names	Βηθφαγὴ	1	Bethphage	**Bethphage** is the name of a village. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@@ -781,7 +781,7 @@ MRK	11	2	bi22	figs-go	ὑπάγετε εἰς τὴν κώμην	1	opposite us	Y
 MRK	11	2	si41	figs-youdual	ὑμῶν…εὑρήσετε	1		Since the word **you** applies to the two disciples in both of these instances, it would be dual, if your language uses that form. Otherwise, it would be plural. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual)
 MRK	11	2	r41g	translate-unknown	πῶλον	1	a colt	The term **colt** refers to a young donkey. If your readers would not be familiar with what a donkey is, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “a young donkey” or “a young riding animal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 MRK	11	2	yw78	figs-gendernotations	οὐδεὶς ἀνθρώπων οὔπω ἐκάθισεν	1	on which no man has yet sat	Although the term **man** is masculine, Mark is using the word here in a generic sense, that includes both men and women. He means that “no one” had yet sat on the donkey. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “no person has yet sat” or “no one has yet sat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
-MRK	11	2	zloo	figs-metonymy	οὐδεὶς ἀνθρώπων οὔπω ἐκάθισεν	1		Jesus is using the term **sat** to refer to riding on an animal by association with the way people sit on an animal they are riding. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “no person has ever ridden” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy)
+MRK	11	2	zloo	figs-metonymy	οὐδεὶς ἀνθρώπων οὔπω ἐκάθισεν	1		Jesus is using the term **sat** to refer to riding on an animal by association with the way people sit on an animal they are riding. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “no person has ever ridden” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy)
 MRK	11	3	aw3v	figs-quotesinquotes	καὶ ἐάν τις ὑμῖν εἴπῃ, τί ποιεῖτε τοῦτο? εἴπατε, ὅτι ὁ Κύριος αὐτοῦ χρείαν ἔχει, καὶ εὐθὺς αὐτὸν ἀποστέλλει πάλιν ὧδε	1		This verse contains two direct quotations within a direct quotation. If this would be confusing in your language, you could translate the two direct quotations in this verse as indirect quotations. Alternate translation: “And if anyone asks you why you are untying the donkey tell them that the Lord needs it and will send it back here as soon as he is done using it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 MRK	11	3	q446	figs-youdual	ποιεῖτε	1		The owners of the colt are speaking to the two disciples, so **you** would be dual, if your language uses that form. Otherwise, it would be plural. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual)
 MRK	11	3	xw55	figs-explicit	τί ποιεῖτε τοῦτο?	1	Why are you doing this?	If it would be helpful in your language, you could say explicitly what the phrase **doing this** refers to. Alternate translation: “Why are you untying and taking the colt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -810,9 +810,9 @@ MRK	11	11	rvd7	figs-nominaladj	τῶν δώδεκα	1		See how you translated th
 MRK	11	12	zr8n	figs-go	ἐξελθόντων αὐτῶν ἀπὸ Βηθανίας	1	when they had returned from Bethany	Your language may say “went” rather than **come** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “when they had went out from Bethany” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
 MRK	11	13	y447	figs-go	ἦλθεν	1	Connecting Statement:	Your language may say “came” rather than **went** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “he came” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
 MRK	11	13	yg5n	figs-go	ἐλθὼν ἐπ’ αὐτὴν	1	if perhaps he could find anything on it	Your language may say “went” rather than **come** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “having went to it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
-MRK	11	13	j6cq	figs-litotes	οὐδὲν εὗρεν εἰ μὴ φύλλα	1	he found nothing except leaves	Mark is using a negative expressions to emphasize that there were only leaves on the tree. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “he found only leaves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
+MRK	11	13	j6cq	figs-litotes	οὐδὲν εὗρεν εἰ μὴ φύλλα	1	he found nothing except leaves	Mark is using a negative expressions to emphasize that there were only leaves on the tree. If it would be helpful in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “he found only leaves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
 MRK	11	13	g76z		ὁ…καιρὸς οὐκ ἦν σύκων	1	the season	Alternate translation: “it was not the time of year for figs”
-MRK	11	14	u3bk	figs-apostrophe	εἶπεν αὐτῇ, μηκέτι εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα, ἐκ σοῦ μηδεὶς καρπὸν φάγοι	1	he said to it, “No one will ever eat fruit from you again.”	Jesus is addressing something that he knows cannot hear him, the fig tree, in order to teach his listeners something. If this is confusing in your language, consider expressing this feeling by talking about the fig tree. Alternate translation: “Jesus said regarding the fig tree that no one would ever eat fruit from it again” or “Jesus said regarding the fig tree that no one would ever eat fruit from it again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])
+MRK	11	14	u3bk	figs-apostrophe	εἶπεν αὐτῇ, μηκέτι εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα, ἐκ σοῦ μηδεὶς καρπὸν φάγοι	1	he said to it, “No one will ever eat fruit from you again.”	Jesus is addressing something that he knows cannot hear him, the fig tree, in order to teach his listeners something. If it would be helpful in your language, consider expressing this feeling by talking about the fig tree. Alternate translation: “Jesus said regarding the fig tree that no one would ever eat fruit from it again” or “Jesus said regarding the fig tree that no one would ever eat fruit from it again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])
 MRK	11	14	b362	figs-explicit	εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα	1	he said to it	The phrase **to eternity** is a Jewish expression which means “forever.” In this context it specifically means “ever again.” Mark assumed his readers would be familiar with this expression. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning of the expression **to eternity** explicitly. Alternate translation: “ever again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MRK	11	14	ij5h	figs-doublenegatives	μηκέτι…ἐκ σοῦ μηδεὶς καρπὸν φάγοι	1	his disciples heard it	The phrase **no one will any longer** is a double negative. Jesus uses a double negative here for emphasis. If the meaning of this phrase would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it using only one negative statement and show the emphasis some other way. Alternate translation: “Surely, no one will eat from you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
 MRK	11	15	hj7z	figs-go	ἔρχονται εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα	1	coming	Your language may say “going” rather than **coming** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “going to Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
@@ -843,7 +843,7 @@ MRK	11	23	a01g	figs-metaphor	ὅτι ὃς ἂν εἴπῃ τῷ ὄρει το
 MRK	11	23	dwsf	figs-imperative	ἄρθητι καὶ βλήθητι εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν	1		This would not be a command that the mountain would be capable of obeying. Instead, it would be a command that directly caused the mountain to be taken up and cast into the sea by the power of God. Alternate translation: “May God lift you up and cast you into the sea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
 MRK	11	23	c3cj	figs-extrainfo	ὄρει τούτῳ	1	whoever might say	Here, the phrase **this mountain** refers to the Mount of Olives which was mentioned in [11:1](../11/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
 MRK	11	23	k3z4	figs-activepassive	ἄρθητι καὶ βλήθητι εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν	1		The phrases **Be taken up** and **be cast** are both passive in form. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can express these ideas in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Mark implies that “God” is the one who would do it. Alternate translation: “May God lift you up and cast you into the sea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-MRK	11	23	y76p	figs-metonymy	μὴ διακριθῇ ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ, ἀλλὰ πιστεύῃ	1	may not doubt in his heart, but may believe	In the expression **doubt in his heart** the word **heart** represents a person’s mind or inner being. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or use plain language. Alternate translation: “if he does not doubt, but believes” or “if he truly believes in his mind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+MRK	11	23	y76p	figs-metonymy	μὴ διακριθῇ ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ, ἀλλὰ πιστεύῃ	1	may not doubt in his heart, but may believe	In the expression **doubt in his heart** the word **heart** represents a person’s mind or inner being. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or use plain language. Alternate translation: “if he does not doubt, but believes” or “if he truly believes in his mind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 MRK	11	23	doeg	figs-doublenegatives	μὴ διακριθῇ ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ, ἀλλὰ πιστεύῃ	1		The phrase **not doubt** is a double negative. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “if he truly believes in his mind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
 MRK	11	23	fzp5		ἔσται αὐτῷ	1	it will be for him	Alternate translation: “God will make it happen”
 MRK	11	24	pn9x		διὰ τοῦτο λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Because of this, I say to you	Alternate translation: “For this reason, I say to you”
@@ -896,7 +896,7 @@ MRK	12	4	jhi3		καὶ ἠτίμασαν	1		Alternate translation: “and humili
 MRK	12	6	z5hz	figs-quotesinquotes	λέγων, ὅτι ἐντραπήσονται τὸν υἱόν μου	1	a beloved son	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “thinking that they would respect his son” or “thinking to himself that the farmers would respect his son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 MRK	12	7	m63e	figs-explicit	ἐκεῖνοι δὲ οἱ γεωργοὶ πρὸς ἑαυτοὺς εἶπαν, ὅτι οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ κληρονόμος; δεῦτε, ἀποκτείνωμεν αὐτόν, καὶ ἡμῶν ἔσται ἡ κληρονομία	1	the heir	If it would be helpful in your language, you could state explicitly that this happened after the owner sent his son and the son arrived, as the UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MRK	12	7	kefz		γεωργοὶ	1		See how you translated **farmers** in [12:1](../12/01.md).
-MRK	12	7	s5dc	figs-metonymy	ἡ κληρονομία	1	the inheritance	By **inheritance**, the farmers mean “the vineyard”, which the son would inherit. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “this vineyard, which he is going to inherit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+MRK	12	7	s5dc	figs-metonymy	ἡ κληρονομία	1	the inheritance	By **inheritance**, the farmers mean “the vineyard”, which the son would inherit. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “this vineyard, which he is going to inherit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 MRK	12	8	gx6l	grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ	1	having seized him	Jesus uses the word **And** to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described, specifically that the farmers carried out the plan that they had decided on. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a reason-and-result relationship. Alternate translation: “So” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 MRK	12	9	r4md	figs-rquestion	τί οὖν ποιήσει ὁ κύριος τοῦ ἀμπελῶνος?	1	Therefore, what will the lord of the vineyard do?	Jesus does not want the people to tell him what the owner of the vineyard will do. Rather, he is using the question form to get his listeners to pay attention to what he says the owner will do. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “So now, listen to what the lord of the vineyard will do to them” or “So I will tell you what the owner of the vineyard will do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 MRK	12	9	tlji		γεωργούς	1		See how you translated **farmers** in [12:1](../12/01.md).
@@ -921,7 +921,7 @@ MRK	12	14	dh3d	figs-synecdoche	λέγουσιν	1	they say	Mark could mean that
 MRK	12	14	xhl6		Διδάσκαλε	1		See how you translated **Teacher** in [4:38](../4/38.md).
 MRK	12	14	awv5	figs-exclusive	οἴδαμεν	1		The spies are speaking only of themselves, so **we** would be exclusive, if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 MRK	12	14	cp3x		οὐ μέλει σοι περὶ οὐδενός	1	it is not a concern to you about anyone	Alternate translation: “you do not try to earn people’s favor but rather fearlessly teach the truth without worrying about people’s opinion”
-MRK	12	14	xptc	figs-idiom	οὐ γὰρ βλέπεις εἰς πρόσωπον ἀνθρώπων	1	it is not a concern to you about anyone	The phrase **not look at the face of men** is a Hebrew expression that means “to not give attention to people’s outward appearances.” Outward appearance in this context refers to social position and whether or not a person was wealthy or influential or had a high social and/or religious position. This phrase taken as a whole here means that Jesus was impartial in his judgement and teaching and did not show favoritism. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “for you pay no attention to external things when you speak” or “for you do not regard people’s position or status when you teach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+MRK	12	14	xptc	figs-idiom	οὐ γὰρ βλέπεις εἰς πρόσωπον ἀνθρώπων	1	it is not a concern to you about anyone	The phrase **not look at the face of men** is a Hebrew expression that means “to not give attention to people’s outward appearances.” Outward appearance in this context refers to social position and whether or not a person was wealthy or influential or had a high social and/or religious position. This phrase taken as a whole here means that Jesus was impartial in his judgement and teaching and did not show favoritism. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “for you pay no attention to external things when you speak” or “for you do not regard people’s position or status when you teach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 MRK	12	14	qvpo	figs-metonymy	πρόσωπον ἀνθρώπων	1		Here, the term **face** means “external status and position.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or use plain language. Alternate translation: “the status and position of people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 MRK	12	14	brm3	figs-gendernotations	ἀνθρώπων	1		Although the term **men** is masculine, the word is used here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “of people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 MRK	12	14	yfnc	figs-metaphor	τὴν ὁδὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		Here, the Jewish leaders speak of how God wants people to live as if it were a **way** or path that people should follow. If it would help your readers to understand what **way** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternate translation: “how God wants people to live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -991,7 +991,7 @@ MRK	12	29	euim	figs-ellipsis	πρώτη	1		Jesus is leaving out some of the word
 MRK	12	29	n74y	figs-nominaladj	πρώτη	1	The first is	If your language does not use ordinal numbers such as **first**, you can express the meaning behind the word **first** in a way that would be natural in your language. See how you translated the phrase **The first** in [12:28](../12/28.md) where it is used with the same meaning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 MRK	12	29	mq92	figs-personification	Ἰσραήλ	1	Hear, O Israel, the Lord our God, the Lord is one	Jesus is citing a scripture from Deuteronomy in which God is referring to all of the people of Israel as if they were a single person, their ancestor, **Israel**. Alternate translation: “O Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 MRK	12	29	mmtb		Κύριος εἷς ἐστιν	1		The phrase **the Lord our God, the Lord is one** could be: (1) an affirmation of the exclusiveness of the Lord as Israel’s god for the purpose of reminding Israel that the Lord was to be the only god they should worship. Alternate translation: “the Lord alone is our God” (2) an affirmation of the uniqueness of the Lord. Alternate translation: “the Lord our God, the Lord is special”
-MRK	12	30	thj7	figs-declarative	ἀγαπήσεις	1		Here, Jesus is quoting a scripture in which a future statement is used to give an instruction. If this is confusing in your language, you can use a more natural form for instruction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
+MRK	12	30	thj7	figs-declarative	ἀγαπήσεις	1		Here, Jesus is quoting a scripture in which a future statement is used to give an instruction. If it would be helpful in your language, you can use a more natural form for instruction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
 MRK	12	30	xjng	figs-merism	ἐξ ὅλης τῆς καρδίας σου, καὶ ἐξ ὅλης τῆς ψυχῆς σου, καὶ ἐξ ὅλης τῆς διανοίας σου, καὶ ἐξ ὅλης τῆς ἰσχύος σου	1	from your whole heart … from your whole soul … from your whole mind … from your whole strength	Jesus is citing a scripture from Deuteronomy in which God is referring to the entirety of a person by listing different parts. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “with the entirety of your being” or “completely with your entire person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
 MRK	12	30	q49v	figs-metaphor	ἐξ ὅλης τῆς καρδίας σου	1	from your whole heart, and from your whole soul	Here, the term **heart** represents a person’s mind and specifically the mind as the center and source of persons thinking and will. If the use of **heart** would not be understood here, you could use an equivalent expression or us plain language. Alternate translation: “with all your mind” or “with your whole mind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 MRK	12	30	m8hi		ἐξ…ἐξ…ἐξ…ἐξ	1		Alternate translation: “with”
@@ -1002,7 +1002,7 @@ MRK	12	31	eu8b	figs-ellipsis	δευτέρα αὕτη	1		Jesus is leaving out so
 MRK	12	31	fz8g	figs-explicit	δευτέρα	1		Here, Jesus is using the word **second** to mean “ second most important.” If your readers would not understand the use of **second** in this context, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “The second most important commandment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MRK	12	31	oegh	translate-ordinal	δευτέρα	1		If your language does not use ordinal numbers such as **second**, you can express the meaning behind the word **second** in a way that would be natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
 MRK	12	31	np4y	figs-ellipsis	ἀγαπήσεις τὸν πλησίον σου ὡς σεαυτόν	1		Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “You will love your neighbor as you love yourself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-MRK	12	31	tp6p	figs-declarative	ἀγαπήσεις	1	You will love your neighbor as yourself	Here, Jesus is quoting a scripture in which a future statement is used to give an instruction. If this is confusing in your language, you can use a more natural form for instruction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
+MRK	12	31	tp6p	figs-declarative	ἀγαπήσεις	1	You will love your neighbor as yourself	Here, Jesus is quoting a scripture in which a future statement is used to give an instruction. If it would be helpful in your language, you can use a more natural form for instruction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
 MRK	12	31	pyc1	figs-explicit	τούτων	1	than these	Here, the word **these** refers to the two commandments that Jesus has just quoted. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express that explicitly as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MRK	12	32	uhgy		Διδάσκαλε	1		See how you translated **Teacher** in [4:38](../4/38.md).
 MRK	12	32	qqm4	figs-abstractnouns	ἀληθείας	1	Good, Teacher	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **truth**, you can express the same idea in another way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@@ -1015,7 +1015,7 @@ MRK	12	33	ekfy	figs-ellipsis	τὸ ἀγαπᾶν τὸν πλησίον ὡς
 MRK	12	33	ll9t		περισσότερόν ἐστιν	1	is even more than	Alternate translation: “is even more important than” or “is greater than”
 MRK	12	34	hkf7	figs-metonymy	ἰδὼν αὐτὸν	1		See how you translated the use of the word **seen** in [12:28](../12/28.md) where it is used with the same figurative meaning. Alternate translation: “having understood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 MRK	12	34	b144		οὐ μακρὰν εἶ ἀπὸ τῆς Βασιλείας τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	You are not far from the kingdom of God	If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the saying **You are not far from the kingdom of God** in positive form. Alternate translation: “You are very close to the kingdom of God”
-MRK	12	34	is4c	figs-metaphor	οὐ μακρὰν εἶ ἀπὸ τῆς Βασιλείας τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	You are not far from the kingdom of God	Here, Jesus speaks of the man being ready to submit to God as being physically close to **the kingdom of God**. Jesus is speaking of **the kingdom of God** as if it were a physical place. f your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “You are close to submitting to God as king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+MRK	12	34	is4c	figs-metaphor	οὐ μακρὰν εἶ ἀπὸ τῆς Βασιλείας τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	You are not far from the kingdom of God	Here, Jesus speaks of the man being ready to submit to God as being physically close to **the kingdom of God**. Jesus is speaking of **the kingdom of God** as if it were a physical place. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “You are close to submitting to God as king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 MRK	12	34	lfti	figs-abstractnouns	Βασιλείας τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **kingdom**, you can express the same idea in another way, as the UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 MRK	12	34	rgh8	figs-doublenegatives	οὐδεὶς οὐκέτι ἐτόλμα	1	no one any longer was daring	If this double negative would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “everyone was afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
 MRK	12	35	ptc8	figs-synecdoche	ἱερῷ	1	answering, Jesus, teaching in the temple, said	See how you translated the word **temple** in [11:11](../11/11.md) where it is used with the same meaning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
@@ -1037,7 +1037,7 @@ MRK	12	37	qucc	grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ	1		Jesus is using the word *
 MRK	12	37	tjp6	figs-metaphor	υἱός	1		Jesus is using the term **son** figuratively to mean “descendant” as he did in [12:35](../12/35.md). See how you translated the term **son** there. Alternate translation: “descendant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 MRK	12	38	bh8w	grammar-connect-time-sequential	καὶ	1		Mark uses the word **And** to indicate that after asking his own difficult question to the people who had been trying to trap him, Jesus turned to speak to his disciples. Alternate translation: “Then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
 MRK	12	38	rwxq	figs-yousingular	βλέπετε	1		In the original language that Mark wrote this Gospel in, the phrase **Watch out** is a command or instruction written in the plural form. Use the most natural form in your language to give direction to a group of people. Alternate translation: “All of you watch out for” or “Every one of you watch out for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
-MRK	12	38	yhfv	figs-metonymy	βλέπετε ἀπὸ τῶν γραμματέων	1		Jesus says **Watch out** to warn about the influence of these people. He is not saying that the scribes themselves are physically dangerous, but that it would be dangerous spiritually to follow their example. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “Be careful not to follow the example of the scribes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+MRK	12	38	yhfv	figs-metonymy	βλέπετε ἀπὸ τῶν γραμματέων	1		Jesus says **Watch out** to warn about the influence of these people. He is not saying that the scribes themselves are physically dangerous, but that it would be dangerous spiritually to follow their example. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “Be careful not to follow the example of the scribes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 MRK	12	38	nxy9	translate-symaction	τῶν θελόντων ἐν στολαῖς περιπατεῖν	1		In this culture, **long robes** were a symbol of wealth and status. To walk around in public in a **long robe** was to assert wealth and status. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate this explicitly. Alternate translation: “who like to walk around looking important in their long robes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
 MRK	12	38	mu5a	figs-explicit	ἀσπασμοὺς	1		The implication is that these would be respectful **greetings**, in which the scribes would be addressed by important titles. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “desire respectful greetings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MRK	12	39	mwmf	figs-metaphor	πρωτοκαθεδρίας…πρωτοκλισίας	1		Both uses of the word **first** here figuratively mean “best.” Alternate translation: “the best seats … the best places” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -1075,7 +1075,7 @@ MRK	13	4	uf37	figs-explicit	πότε ταῦτα ἔσται, καὶ τί τὸ
 MRK	13	4	lw1n	figs-activepassive	ὅταν μέλλῃ ταῦτα συντελεῖσθαι πάντα	1	when all these things	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus implies that “God” will do it. Alternate translation: “God will fulfill all these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 MRK	13	5	fe42	writing-pronouns	λέγειν αὐτοῖς	1	to say to them	The pronoun **them** refers to Peter, James, John, and Andrew who are mentioned in [13:3](../13/03.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could clarify this in a way that would be natural in your language. Alternate translation: “to say to these four disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 MRK	13	5	qekc	figs-yousingular	βλέπετε	1		In the original language that Mark wrote this Gospel in, the phrase **Be careful** is a command or instruction written in the plural form. Use the most natural form in your language to give direction to a group of people. Alternate translation: “All of you be careful that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
-MRK	13	6	z63u	figs-metonymy	ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί μου	1	in my name	Here, Jesus uses the word **name** figuratively to mean identity and the authority that comes with the identity. The people he is talking about will likely not say that their name is Jesus, but they will claim to be the Messiah. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “claiming to be me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+MRK	13	6	z63u	figs-metonymy	ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί μου	1	in my name	Here, Jesus uses the word **name** figuratively to mean identity and the authority that comes with the identity. The people he is talking about will likely not say that their name is Jesus, but they will claim to be the Messiah. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “claiming to be me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 MRK	13	6	cee7	figs-quotesinquotes	πολλοὶ ἐλεύσονται ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί μου λέγοντες, ὅτι ἐγώ εἰμι	1		If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “Many will come in my name claiming to be me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 MRK	13	6	pbz4	figs-explicit	πολλοὶ…πολλοὺς	1		Here, both uses of the word **many** refer to “many people.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly, as the UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MRK	13	6	wv12	figs-explicit	ἐγώ εἰμι	1	they will lead many astray	The implication is that **he** means the Messiah. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “I am the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -1085,10 +1085,10 @@ MRK	13	7	mi4d	figs-explicit	τὸ τέλος	1	the end	Here, **the end** implici
 MRK	13	8	ydrb	figs-parallelism	ἐγερθήσεται…ἔθνος ἐπ’ ἔθνος, καὶ βασιλεία ἐπὶ βασιλείαν	1		These two phrases mean basically the same thing. Jesus is likely using repetition for emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could combine these two phrases into one phrase. Alternate translation: “Different groups of people will attack each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
 MRK	13	8	rlxf	figs-genericnoun	ἐγερθήσεται…ἔθνος ἐπ’ ἔθνος	1		The word **nation** represents nations in general, not one particular nation. Alternate translation: “The people of some nations will attack the people of other nations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
 MRK	13	8	oyrd	figs-metonymy	ἐγερθήσεται…ἔθνος ἐπ’ ἔθνος	1		The term **nation** refers figuratively to the people of one nationality or ethnic group. Alternate translation: “The people of some nations will attack the people of other nations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-MRK	13	8	xln4	figs-idiom	ἐγερθήσεται…ἐπ’	1	will rise against	The phrase **rise against** is an idiom that means to attack. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “The people of some nations will attack the people of other nations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+MRK	13	8	xln4	figs-idiom	ἐγερθήσεται…ἐπ’	1	will rise against	The phrase **rise against** is an idiom that means to attack. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “The people of some nations will attack the people of other nations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 MRK	13	8	e2ln	figs-ellipsis	βασιλεία ἐπὶ βασιλείαν	1	kingdom against kingdom	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “and the people of some kingdoms will attack the people of other kingdoms” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 MRK	13	8	hz6g	figs-genericnoun	βασιλεία ἐπὶ βασιλείαν	1		The word **kingdom** represents kingdoms in general, not one particular kingdom. Alternate translation: “the people of some kingdoms will attack the people of other kingdoms” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
-MRK	13	8	wpd3	figs-metonymy	βασιλεία ἐπὶ βασιλείαν	1		The term **kingdom** figuratively represents the people of a kingdom. If your readers would not understand this you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the people of some kingdoms will attack the people of other kingdoms” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+MRK	13	8	wpd3	figs-metonymy	βασιλεία ἐπὶ βασιλείαν	1		The term **kingdom** figuratively represents the people of a kingdom. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the people of some kingdoms will attack the people of other kingdoms” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 MRK	13	8	pcyi	figs-explicit	ταῦτα	1		**these things** refers to the things that Jesus has said will happen. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “these things that I have just described” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MRK	13	8	dz8g	figs-metaphor	ἀρχὴ ὠδίνων ταῦτα	1	These are the beginnings of birth pains	Jesus uses **birth pains** figuratively here for the sufferings he has just described. Jesus speaks of these things as **the beginning of birth pains** because more severe things will happen after them. Jesus uses the metaphor of **birth pains** because in the same way that the pain a woman experiences when giving birth to a child is eventually replaced by joy when the child is born, so the suffering that is experienced by true believers will eventually be replaced by joy in the future when Christ returns. Because giving birth is something that happens in all cultures you should retain this metaphor in your translation. Alternate translation: “These events will be like the first pains a woman suffers when she is about to bear a child” or “These events will be like the first pains a woman suffers when she is about to give birth to a child” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 MRK	13	9	nuti	figs-metaphor	βλέπετε…ἑαυτούς	1		Jesus figuratively uses a word for seeing to indicate the need for paying attention or being ready. If your readers would not understand what it means to **watch yourselves** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “pay attention to yourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -1097,13 +1097,13 @@ MRK	13	9	ulws	figs-rpronouns	βλέπετε δὲ ὑμεῖς ἑαυτούς	1
 MRK	13	9	mbr5	writing-pronouns	παραδώσουσιν	1		The pronoun **They** refers to people in general who will persecute Jesus’ followers. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “People will deliver” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 MRK	13	9	voih	figs-activepassive	δαρήσεσθε	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they will beat you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 MRK	13	9	zdp8	figs-activepassive	σταθήσεσθε	1	you will be beaten	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they will make you stand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-MRK	13	9	gbb4	figs-metonymy	ἐπὶ…σταθήσεσθε	1	you will be made to stand before	Here, **stand** figuratively means to be put on trial and judged. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “you will be put on trial before” or “you will be brought to trial and judged by” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+MRK	13	9	gbb4	figs-metonymy	ἐπὶ…σταθήσεσθε	1	you will be made to stand before	Here, **stand** figuratively means to be put on trial and judged. IIf it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “you will be put on trial before” or “you will be brought to trial and judged by” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 MRK	13	9	v23p	figs-abstractnouns	εἰς μαρτύριον	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **testimony**, you can express the same idea in another way as the UST does or use a verb form such as “testify.” Alternate translation: “to testify” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 MRK	13	9	qq6r		εἰς μαρτύριον αὐτοῖς	1		Alternate translation: “to testify about me to them”
 MRK	13	9	y6p6	writing-pronouns	εἰς μαρτύριον αὐτοῖς	1	for a testimony to them	The pronoun **them** refers to **governers** and **kings** mentioned in this verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 MRK	13	10	ruk9	translate-ordinal	πρῶτον	1	But first, it is necessary for the gospel to be proclaimed to all the nations	Here, Jesus uses the ordinal number **first** in order to indicate position in an order of events. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can express this same idea in a way that would be natural in your language. Alternate translation: “before the end comes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
 MRK	13	10	sfjc	figs-activepassive	κηρυχθῆναι τὸ εὐαγγέλιον	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus implies that “people” will be the ones who proclaim the gospel. Alternate translation: “people to proclaim the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-MRK	13	10	e6ad	figs-metonymy	πάντα τὰ ἔθνη	1		The term **nations** refers figuratively to the people within each nation. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “people from all nations” or “people within each nation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+MRK	13	10	e6ad	figs-metonymy	πάντα τὰ ἔθνη	1		The term **nations** refers figuratively to the people within each nation. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “people from all nations” or “people within each nation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 MRK	13	11	uy91	figs-idiom	παραδιδόντες	1	handing you over	Here, **handing … over** means to deliver to the control of someone else. If it would be helpful in your language you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “giving you over to the authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 MRK	13	11	m0xq	figs-activepassive	δοθῇ	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus says later in this verse that it is the Holy Spirit who will give the disciples the words to say. Alternate translation: “whatever the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 MRK	13	11	nr2r	figs-idiom	ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ὥρᾳ	1		Jesus is using the term **hour** figuratively to refer to a specific time. If this idiom would confuse your readers you could state the meaning in plain language as the UST models. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@@ -1119,7 +1119,7 @@ MRK	13	12	vjcw	figs-explicit	ἐπαναστήσονται τέκνα ἐπὶ
 MRK	13	12	r66s	translate-symaction	ἐπαναστήσονται τέκνα ἐπὶ γονεῖς	1	children will rise up against parents	Here, **rise up** means to stand up. In this culture, people would stand up to give testimony in a legal proceeding. If it would be helpful in your language, you could explain that this will be the reason for their action. Alternate translation: “children will stand up to testify against their parents” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
 MRK	13	13	pk3g	figs-activepassive	ἔσεσθε μισούμενοι ὑπὸ πάντων	1	you will be hated by everyone	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “everyone will hate you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 MRK	13	13	w8pz	figs-hyperbole	ἔσεσθε μισούμενοι ὑπὸ πάντων	1		Here, **everyone** is an exaggeration which Jesus uses to emphasize to his disciples the fact that many people will hate them because they believe in him. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or use plain language as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
-MRK	13	13	jhp6	figs-metonymy	διὰ τὸ ὄνομά μου	1	because of my name	Here, **name** is a figurative way of referring to a person by reference to something associated with that person. Jesus is using the phrase **my name** to refer to himself. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “because of me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+MRK	13	13	jhp6	figs-metonymy	διὰ τὸ ὄνομά μου	1	because of my name	Here, **name** is a figurative way of referring to a person by reference to something associated with that person. Jesus is using the phrase **my name** to refer to himself. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “because of me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 MRK	13	13	w28q	figs-activepassive	ὁ…ὑπομείνας εἰς τέλος, οὗτος σωθήσεται	1	the one who endures to the end, that one will be saved	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whoever endures to the end, God will save that person” or “God will save whoever endures to the end” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 MRK	13	13	c33n	figs-explicit	ὁ…ὑπομείνας εἰς τέλος	1	the one who endures to the end	Here, **endured** represents continuing to be faithful to God even while suffering. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “whoever suffers and stays faithful to God to the end” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MRK	13	13	vcz4		ὑπομείνας εἰς τέλος	1	to the end	The phrase **to the end** could mean: (1) to the end of one’s life. Alternate translation: “who endures to the point of death” or “who endures till death” (2) until the end of time. This meaning means that believers must endure and keep on enduring until the time when Christ returns. Alternate translation: “who keeps on enduring to the very end” (3) to the end of that time of hardship and persecution. Alternate translation: “who endures until the time of testing is over”
@@ -1128,9 +1128,9 @@ MRK	13	14	vx3c	figs-explicit	ἑστηκότα ὅπου οὐ δεῖ	1	standin
 MRK	13	14	ck7a		ὁ ἀναγινώσκων νοείτω	1	let the reader understand	The phrase **let the reader understand** is not Jesus speaking. Mark added this to get the readers’ attention, so that they would pay attention to this warning. If it would be helpful in your language, you could show that this is not part of Jesus’ direct speech by putting brackets around this phrase, as the UST and ULT do, or you could show your readers in some other way that is natural in your language.
 MRK	13	15	m1hq	figs-explicit	ὁ…ἐπὶ τοῦ δώματος, μὴ καταβάτω, μηδὲ εἰσελθάτω ἆραί τι ἐκ τῆς οἰκίας αὐτοῦ	1	on the housetop	Where Jesus lived, the tops of houses were flat. People would eat and do other activities on top of their houses. Jesus assumes that his readers will know this and that they will know that the roofs were separate from the rest of the house and that in order to access the inside of a house a person would have to go down the stairs on the back of the house and then enter the house from the front. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the person who is on top of their roof should escape immediately and not enter their house to get anything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MRK	13	16	y1e9	translate-unknown	ὁ εἰς τὸν ἀγρὸν, μὴ ἐπιστρεψάτω εἰς τὰ ὀπίσω	1	let the one in the field not turn back to the things behind	The word **cloak** refers to an outer garment. You could translate this with the name of an outer garment that your readers would recognize, or with a general expression. Alternate translation: “coat” or “outer garment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
-MRK	13	17	bi8n	figs-idiom	ταῖς ἐν γαστρὶ ἐχούσαις	1	to those having in the womb	The phrase **having in the womb** is an idiom. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “to women who are pregnant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+MRK	13	17	bi8n	figs-idiom	ταῖς ἐν γαστρὶ ἐχούσαις	1	to those having in the womb	The phrase **having in the womb** is an idiom. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “to women who are pregnant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 MRK	13	17	bv9z	figs-explicit	ταῖς θηλαζούσαις	1		This does not mean babies who are nursing but rather refers to women who nurse their babies. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate this explicitly. Alternate translation: “mothers who are nursing their babies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-MRK	13	17	u8kk	figs-idiom	ἐν ἐκείναις ταῖς ἡμέραις	1		Jesus is using the term **days** figuratively to refer to a specific time. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “at that time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+MRK	13	17	u8kk	figs-idiom	ἐν ἐκείναις ταῖς ἡμέραις	1		Jesus is using the term **days** figuratively to refer to a specific time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “at that time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 MRK	13	18	w47v	translate-versebridge	προσεύχεσθε δὲ ἵνα μὴ γένηται χειμῶνος	1	pray that	If your language would put the reason before the result, you could create a verse bridge by moving the entire contents of this verse to the end of the next verse, since in the next verse Jesus gives the reason for praying this prayer. You would then present the combined verses as 18–19. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge)
 MRK	13	18	w91r	translate-unknown	χειμῶνος	1	in winter	In the location Jesus is referring to **winter** is the time of year when it is cold and difficult to travel. If this would confuse your readers you could use a term that your readers would be familiar with in which it would be difficult to travel or you could translate **winter** with a general expression such as “in the cold season.” Alternate translation: “in the cold season” or “in the rainy season” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 MRK	13	19	zs4g	figs-idiom	ἡμέραι ἐκεῖναι	1		See how you translated the word **days** in [13:17](../13/17.md) where it is used with the same meaning. Alternate translation: “at that time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@@ -1138,9 +1138,9 @@ MRK	13	19	l5u9	figs-abstractnouns	θλῖψις	1		If your language does not use
 MRK	13	19	e98e		οἵα οὐ γέγονεν τοιαύτη	1	such as these have not happened	Alternate translation: “of a kind that has not yet happened” or “which will be worse than any type of suffering that has happened”
 MRK	13	19	r1ly	figs-abstractnouns	ἀρχῆς κτίσεως ἣν ἔκτισεν ὁ Θεὸς	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **creation**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 MRK	13	19	c5sz	figs-ellipsis	οὐ μὴ γένηται	1	may certainly not happen	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “certainly will not happen again” or “there will never be days like these again” or “after this tribulation, there will never again be a tribulation like it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-MRK	13	20	y7g6	figs-idiom	μὴ ἐκολόβωσεν…ἐκολόβωσεν	1	did not cut short the days	**cut short** is an idiom which means “to shorten.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “did not shorten … he shortened” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+MRK	13	20	y7g6	figs-idiom	μὴ ἐκολόβωσεν…ἐκολόβωσεν	1	did not cut short the days	**cut short** is an idiom which means “to shorten.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “did not shorten … he shortened” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 MRK	13	20	el7g	figs-idiom	τὰς ἡμέρας…τὰς ἡμέρας	2		See how you translated the word **days** in [13:17](../13/17.md) where it is used with the same meaning. Alternate translation: “that time … that time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-MRK	13	20	kda6	figs-metonymy	οὐκ ἂν ἐσώθη πᾶσα σάρξ	1	no flesh would be saved	Jesus is describing people figuratively by reference to something associated with them, the **flesh** they are made of. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “no one would be saved” or “no people would be saved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+MRK	13	20	kda6	figs-metonymy	οὐκ ἂν ἐσώθη πᾶσα σάρξ	1	no flesh would be saved	Jesus is describing people figuratively by reference to something associated with them, the **flesh** they are made of. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “no one would be saved” or “no people would be saved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 MRK	13	20	dosx	figs-activepassive	εἰ μὴ ἐκολόβωσεν Κύριος τὰς ἡμέρας, οὐκ ἂν ἐσώθη πᾶσα σάρξ	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Mark makes clear that “the Lord” is the one who will do it. Alternate translation: “because the Lord will shorten the day, not everyone will die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 MRK	13	20	q8hm	figs-explicit	οὐκ ἂν ἐσώθη πᾶσα σάρξ	1	for the sake of the elect	Here, the phrase **be saved** refers to being saved from physical death. If it would be helpful in your languages, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “everyone would die” or “no one would survive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MRK	13	20	fz5f	figs-doublet	τοὺς ἐκλεκτοὺς, οὓς ἐξελέξατο	1		These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used for emphasis. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you can use one phrase to express the idea and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “the people whom he chose” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
@@ -1179,7 +1179,7 @@ MRK	13	29	w1k7		ἐγγύς ἐστιν	1		The Greek phrase which the ULT transl
 MRK	13	29	aul8	writing-pronouns	ἐγγύς ἐστιν	1	he is near	The pronoun **he** refers to “the Son of Man”, which is the title Jesus used for himself in [13:26](../13/26.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Son of Man is near” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 MRK	13	29	ini9	figs-123person	ἐγγύς ἐστιν	1		Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I am near” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 MRK	13	29	iavl		γινώσκετε ὅτι ἐγγύς ἐστιν ἐπὶ θύραις.	1		The phrase **at the doors** adds further detail to the phrase **he is near**. The phrase **at the doors** explains how **near**.
-MRK	13	29	z2pf	figs-idiom	ἐπὶ θύραις	1	at the doors	The phrase **at the doors** is an idiom which means that something or someone is very near. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “and is almost here” or “and close to arriving” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+MRK	13	29	z2pf	figs-idiom	ἐπὶ θύραις	1	at the doors	The phrase **at the doors** is an idiom which means that something or someone is very near. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “and is almost here” or “and close to arriving” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 MRK	13	30	tg35		ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly I say to you	See how you translated the statement **Truly I say to you** in [3:28](../03/28.md).
 MRK	13	30	m7ux	figs-metonymy	ἡ γενεὰ	1		Jesus uses the term **generation** figuratively to mean the people who were born in a certain generation. This could mean: (1) “the people who are alive when these signs first start happening” (2) “the people who are alive now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 MRK	13	30	h72r	figs-euphemism	οὐ μὴ παρέλθῃ	1	will certainly not pass away	Jesus is referring to death as passing away. This is a polite way of referring to something unpleasant. If your readers would misunderstand this, use a different polite way of referring to this or you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will certainly not die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
@@ -1201,7 +1201,7 @@ MRK	13	34	w4dy	figs-abstractnouns	καὶ δοὺς τοῖς δούλοις α
 MRK	13	35	z7wi	grammar-connect-logic-result	οὖν	1	whether evening	Here, the word **therefore** indicates that Jesus is about to tell his disciples how to apply the story he told in the previous verse. Use a natural form in your language for introducing an application. Alternate translation: “As a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 MRK	13	35	c96l	grammar-connect-logic-result	γρηγορεῖτε οὖν; οὐκ οἴδατε γὰρ	1		What follows the word **because** here is the reason that Jesus wants his disciples to **stay alert**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing giving a reason for doing something. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “therefore, stay alert! The reason you should stay alert is because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 MRK	13	35	gx23	figs-123person	ὁ κύριος τῆς οἰκίας ἔρχεται	1		By calling himself **the lord of the house** Jesus is identifying himself as the “man on a journey” in the story he told in the previous verse. Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the lord of the house, will return” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
-MRK	13	35	v6it	figs-metonymy	ἀλεκτοροφωνίας	1		Jesus is referring figuratively to a certain time of day. Roosters crow just before the sun appears in the morning. In other words, Jesus is referring to dawn. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “before another morning begins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+MRK	13	35	v6it	figs-metonymy	ἀλεκτοροφωνίας	1		Jesus is referring figuratively to a certain time of day. Roosters crow just before the sun appears in the morning. In other words, Jesus is referring to dawn. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “before another morning begins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 MRK	13	35	s8j9	translate-unknown	ἀλεκτοροφωνίας	1	when the rooster crows	A **rooster** is a large bird that calls out with a loud sound around the time the sun comes up. If your readers would not be familiar with this bird, you could use the name of a bird in your area that calls out or sings just before dawn, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “when the birds begin to sing in the morning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 MRK	13	36	mh8t	figs-metaphor	καθεύδοντας	1	he might find you sleeping	Jesus is using the expression **sleeping** in a figurative sense to mean “not ready.” If your readers would not understand what it means to be **sleeping** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “not ready for his return” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 MRK	13	36	wd97	figs-123person	εὕρῃ	1		Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
@@ -1225,7 +1225,7 @@ MRK	14	4	v57p	figs-rquestion	εἰς τί ἡ ἀπώλεια αὕτη τοῦ
 MRK	14	4	g9qw	figs-ellipsis	εἰς τί	1		Mark’s quotation is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “For what reason” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 MRK	14	4	gjmg	translate-unknown	μύρου	1		See how you translated the phrase **perfumed oil** in [14:3](../14/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 MRK	14	5	xfzs	translate-unknown	τὸ μύρον	1		See how you translated the phrase **perfumed oil** in [14:3](../14/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
-MRK	14	5	y113	figs-activepassive	ἠδύνατο…τοῦτο τὸ μύρον πραθῆναι	1	this perfume was able to be sold	Mark wants to show his readers that those present were mainly concerned about money. If your readers would not understand this use of the passive form here you could state this in active form. Alternate translation: “we could have sold this perfume” or “she could have sold this perfume” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+MRK	14	5	y113	figs-activepassive	ἠδύνατο…τοῦτο τὸ μύρον πραθῆναι	1	this perfume was able to be sold	Mark wants to show his readers that those present were mainly concerned about money. If your readers would not understand this use of the passive form here, you could state this in active form. Alternate translation: “we could have sold this perfume” or “she could have sold this perfume” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 MRK	14	5	t4p8	translate-bmoney	δηναρίων τριακοσίων	1	300 denarii	See how you translated the phrase **perfumed oil** in [6:37](../06/37.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
 MRK	14	5	h62k	figs-nominaladj	δοθῆναι τοῖς πτωχοῖς	1	given to the poor	Here, the adjective **poor** is being used as a noun in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “the money given to people who are poor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 MRK	14	5	k83q	figs-explicit	δοθῆναι τοῖς πτωχοῖς	1	given to the poor	Here, the word **given** refers to giving the money which could be made from the sale of the perfumed oil. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express that explicitly, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -1244,18 +1244,18 @@ MRK	14	10	hmhr		ἵνα αὐτὸν παραδοῖ αὐτοῖς	1		Alternate
 MRK	14	10	khvb		παραδοῖ	1		See how you translated the word “betrayed” in [3:19](../03/19.md).
 MRK	14	10	u2ec	writing-pronouns	αὐτὸν	1		The pronoun **him** refers to Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 MRK	14	11	kzk1	figs-explicit	οἱ δὲ ἀκούσαντες	1	But when they heard it	It may be helpful to your readers to state explicitly what the chief priests **heard**. Alternate translation: “But when the chief priests heard that Judas Iscariot was willing to betray Jesus to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-MRK	14	11	m4il	figs-metonymy	αὐτῷ ἀργύριον δοῦναι	1		Mark is speaking figuratively of money by reference to the precious metal, **silver**, that gives it its value. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “to pay Judas money for doing this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+MRK	14	11	m4il	figs-metonymy	αὐτῷ ἀργύριον δοῦναι	1		Mark is speaking figuratively of money by reference to the precious metal, **silver**, that gives it its value. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “to pay Judas money for doing this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 MRK	14	11	f7ek	writing-pronouns	ἐζήτει	1		The pronoun **he** refers to Judas Iscariot. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Judas Iscariot was seeking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 MRK	14	11	jrym	writing-pronouns	αὐτὸν	1		The second occurrence of the pronoun **him** in this verse refers to Jesus.If it would be helpful in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 MRK	14	12	vxax	figs-explicit	τῇ πρώτῃ ἡμέρᾳ τῶν Ἀζύμων	1		This was the first day of the seven-day festival described in [14:1](../14/01.md). You could translate this as either a description or as a name, depending on what you did there. Alternate translation: “on the first day of the Festival of Unleavened Bread” or “on the day when the Jews removed all bread made with yeast from their homes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-MRK	14	12	bel5	figs-metonymy	φάγῃς τὸ Πάσχα	1	you may eat the Passover	Jesus’ disciples are using the name of this part of the festival, **Passover** to refer figuratively to the meal that people shared on that occasion. If your readers would not understand this, you could use plain language. Alternate translation: “the Passover meal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+MRK	14	12	bel5	figs-metonymy	φάγῃς τὸ Πάσχα	1	you may eat the Passover	Jesus’ disciples are using the name of this part of the festival, **Passover** to refer figuratively to the meal that people shared on that occasion. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use plain language. Alternate translation: “the Passover meal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 MRK	14	13	suny	figs-youdual	αὐτοῖς…ὑμῖν	1		Since Jesus is speaking to two men, the pronouns **them** and **you** would both be in the dual form, if your language uses that form. Otherwise, they would be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
 MRK	14	13	cijy		καὶ ἀπαντήσει ὑμῖν ἄνθρωπος κεράμιον ὕδατος βαστάζων	1		Alternate translation: “and you will see a man carrying a pitcher of water”
 MRK	14	13	a7xg	translate-unknown	κεράμιον ὕδατος	1	bearing a pitcher of water	Here, **pitcher of water** means not a small serving **pitcher**, but a large earthen jug, which the man would likely be carrying on his shoulder. If your language has its own term for a large container that people use to transport water, you could use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 MRK	14	14	i344	figs-quotesinquotes	εἴπατε τῷ οἰκοδεσπότῃ, ὅτι ὁ διδάσκαλος λέγει, ποῦ ἐστιν τὸ κατάλυμά μου, ὅπου τὸ Πάσχα μετὰ τῶν μαθητῶν μου φάγω	1	The Teacher says, “Where is my guest room where I may eat the Passover with my disciples?”	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation and then another quotation within that one. Alternate translation: “tell the owner of the house that the Teacher wants to know where the guest room is where he can eat the Passover meal with his disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 MRK	14	14	yhtm		διδάσκαλος	1		See how you translated **Teacher** in [4:38](../04/38.md).
 MRK	14	14	imqg		τῷ οἰκοδεσπότῃ	1		Alternate translation: “to the owner of that house”
-MRK	14	14	q3pn	figs-metonymy	τὸ Πάσχα	1	guest room	Jesus is telling these two disciples to use the name of this part of the festival, **Passover**, to refer figuratively to the meal that people shared on that occasion. If your readers would not understand this you could use plain language. Alternate translation: “the Passover meal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+MRK	14	14	q3pn	figs-metonymy	τὸ Πάσχα	1	guest room	Jesus is telling these two disciples to use the name of this part of the festival, **Passover**, to refer figuratively to the meal that people shared on that occasion. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use plain language. Alternate translation: “the Passover meal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 MRK	14	15	jlci	translate-unknown	ἀνάγαιον	1		In this culture, in some houses, rooms were built above other rooms. If your community does not have houses like that, you could use another expression to describe a large indoor space that people could use for a celebration meal. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 MRK	14	15	x3zk	figs-activepassive	ἐστρωμένον ἕτοιμον	1	make the preparations for us there	The word **furnished** is a passive verbal form. If your language does not use such forms, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “that has carpets, dining couches, and a dining table and is ready” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 MRK	14	15	k4t7	figs-exclusive	ἡμῖν	1		Here, when Jesus says **us**, he is referring to himself and his disciples, including the two he is addressing here, so **us** would be inclusive. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
@@ -1268,7 +1268,7 @@ MRK	14	18	cwl8		ἀνακειμένων	1	as they were reclining at table	See ho
 MRK	14	18	dg95		ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly I say to you	See how you translated the statement **Truly I say to you** in [3:28](../03/28.md).
 MRK	14	18	v5es		παραδώσει	1		See how you translated the word **betray** in [14:10](../14/10.md).
 MRK	14	19	layt	writing-pronouns	ἤρξαντο λυπεῖσθαι	1		The pronoun **They** refers to Jesus’ disciples. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “The disciples began to be sorrowful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-MRK	14	19	v3a1	figs-idiom	εἷς κατὰ εἷς	1	one by one	The phrase **one by one** is an idiom meaning “one at a time.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “one at a time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+MRK	14	19	v3a1	figs-idiom	εἷς κατὰ εἷς	1	one by one	The phrase **one by one** is an idiom meaning “one at a time.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “one at a time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 MRK	14	19	f13p	figs-doublenegatives	μήτι	1	Surely not I?	The phrase **Surely not** is the ULT’s translation of the negative Greek word that Mark used. The Greek word that Mark used is a negative word that can be used to turn a negative statement into a question that expects a negative answer. Your language may have other ways of asking a question that expects a negative answer, for example, by changing the word order of a positive statement. Translate this in the way that would be clearest in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
 MRK	14	20	n1tv	figs-nominaladj	εἷς τῶν δώδεκα	1		See how you translated the phrase **the Twelve** in [3:16](../3/16.md). Alternate translation: “He is one of the twelve of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 MRK	14	20	htn4	figs-explicit	ἐμβαπτόμενος μετ’ ἐμοῦ εἰς τὸ τρύβλιον	1	who is dipping with me into the bowl	Part of the Passover meal involved dipping bread into a flavored sauce called haroseth sauce. Mark assumes that his readers will know this. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “dipping his bread into the bowl with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -1285,7 +1285,7 @@ MRK	14	22	oqv3	figs-explicit	εὐλογήσας	1		Mark assumes that his reader
 MRK	14	22	ula2		ἔκλασεν	1	he broke it	Jesus may have divided the loaf of **bread** into many pieces, as the UST says, or he may have divided it into two pieces and given those to the apostles to divide among themselves. If possible, use an expression in your language that would apply to either situation.
 MRK	14	22	amg7	figs-explicit	καὶ ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς	1		The implication of the phrase **and gave it to them** is that Jesus **gave** the bread to the disciples to eat. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “and gave it to them to eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MRK	14	22	adb2	figs-metaphor	τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ σῶμά μου	1	Take this. This is my body	See the discussion in the General Notes to this chapter about how to translate the phrase **This is my body**. Christians understand this phrase to be: (1) a metaphor. Alternate translation: “This represents my body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) (2) literal. Alternate translation: “My body is really present in this bread”
-MRK	14	23	u6rc	figs-synecdoche	λαβὼν ποτήριον	1	having taken a cup	Here, **cup** is a metonym for wine. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “having taken the cup of wine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+MRK	14	23	u6rc	figs-synecdoche	λαβὼν ποτήριον	1	having taken a cup	Here, **cup** is a metonym for wine. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “having taken the cup of wine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 MRK	14	23	whqj		εὐχαριστήσας	1		Your language may require you to state the object of the verb. Alternate translation: “when he had given thanks to God”
 MRK	14	24	q5hn	figs-explicit	τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ αἷμά μου τῆς διαθήκης, τὸ ἐκχυννόμενον ὑπὲρ πολλῶν	1	This is my blood of the covenant, that is being poured out for many	In the Hebrew culture, covenants were customarily ratified through animal sacrifices that involved shedding the blood of the animals. Here, Jesus is likely alluding to that practice in light of his impending sacrificial death. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “This is my blood which ratifies the covenant, and my blood is being poured out for many people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MRK	14	24	nj85	grammar-connect-logic-goal	τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ αἷμά μου τῆς διαθήκης, τὸ ἐκχυννόμενον ὑπὲρ πολλῶν	1		The phrase **of the** introduces the purpose for Jesus shedding his **blood**. Jesus is stating that the purpose for him shedding his blood is to establish the new **covenant**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose. Alternate translation: “This is my blood which is being poured out for many for the purpose of establishing God’s covenant” or “This is my which is being poured out for many for the purpose of making God’s covenant with his people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
@@ -1293,13 +1293,13 @@ MRK	14	24	hs24	figs-metaphor	τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ αἷμά μου τ
 MRK	14	24	pt5q	figs-activepassive	τὸ ἐκχυννόμενον ὑπὲρ πολλῶν	1		Jesus is referring to the way his **blood** is going to be **poured out** when he dies. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “which I will pour out for many people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 MRK	14	25	i9yk		ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly I say to you	See how you translated the statement **Truly I say to you** in [3:28](../03/28.md).
 MRK	14	25	mxwn	figs-doublenegatives	ὅτι οὐκέτι οὐ μὴ πίω ἐκ τοῦ γενήματος τῆς ἀμπέλου, ἕως τῆς ἡμέρας ἐκείνης ὅταν αὐτὸ πίνω καινὸν	1		The phrase **certainly not** and the phrase **any longer** are both negative phrases and therefore this is a double negative. If this double negative would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “that you can know for certain that the next time I drink wine will be when I drink it new” or “that you could know for certain that I will only drink wine again when I drink it new” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
-MRK	14	25	t7ai	figs-metonymy	ἐκ τοῦ γενήματος τῆς ἀμπέλου	1	from the fruit of the vine	Jesus is referring figuratively to the juice (which is fermented and becomes wine) that people squeeze from grapes that grow on grapevines as if it were the **fruit** or grapes themselves. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-MRK	14	25	qyf8	figs-idiom	τῆς ἡμέρας	1		Here, Jesus uses the term **day** figuratively to refer to a particular period of time. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+MRK	14	25	t7ai	figs-metonymy	ἐκ τοῦ γενήματος τῆς ἀμπέλου	1	from the fruit of the vine	Jesus is referring figuratively to the juice (which is fermented and becomes wine) that people squeeze from grapes that grow on grapevines as if it were the **fruit** or grapes themselves. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+MRK	14	25	qyf8	figs-idiom	τῆς ἡμέρας	1		Here, Jesus uses the term **day** figuratively to refer to a particular period of time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 MRK	14	25	y1pf		αὐτὸ πίνω καινὸν, ἐν τῇ Βασιλείᾳ τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	new	The word **new** could be referring to: (1) Jesus, and therefore would mean “again” or “in a new way.” See the parallel account in [Luke 22:18](../luk/022/18.md) where Jesus seems to mean this. Alternate translation: “I drink it in a new way in the kingdom of God” or “I drink it anew in the kingdom of God” or “I drink it again when I celebrate the Passover after it is fulfilled when God’s kingdom is consummated” (2) the wine and thus would be referring to drinking a new type or quality of wine. Alternate translation: “I drink new wine”
 MRK	14	25	ue3j	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν τῇ Βασιλείᾳ τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		See how you decided to translate the phrase **the kingdom of God** in [1:15](../1/15.md). If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **kingdom**, you could express the idea behind it with a verb such as “rule” as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 MRK	14	26	l996	translate-unknown	ὑμνήσαντες	1	having sung a hymn	A **hymn** is a song or poem that is sung to praise God. The Jews would traditionally sing a Psalm from Psalms 113-118 at the end of the Passover meal so the **hymn** that Jesus and his disciples sang was one of these Psalms. If your readers would not be familiar with a **hymn**, you could use the name for religious songs in your culture, if you have them, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “having sung a Psalm” or “having sung a song of praise to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 MRK	14	27	pu4s		λέγει αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1	Jesus says to them	Alternate translation: “Jesus said to his disciples”
-MRK	14	27	lty4	figs-idiom	πάντες σκανδαλισθήσεσθε	1	will fall away	Here, **fall away** is an idiom meaning “to desert.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “You will all leave me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+MRK	14	27	lty4	figs-idiom	πάντες σκανδαλισθήσεσθε	1	will fall away	Here, **fall away** is an idiom meaning “to desert.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “You will all leave me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 MRK	14	27	gkb5	writing-quotations	γέγραπται	1		Here, Mark uses **it is written** to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament passage of Scripture, ([Zechariah 13:7](../zec/13/07.md)). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Mark is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “it is written in God’s Word” or “it is written by Zechariah the prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 MRK	14	27	jp51	figs-activepassive	γέγραπται	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can express the idea in active form, as modeled by the UST, or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus implies that “Zechariah” did it. Alternate translation: “Zechariah wrote regarding what would happen to the Messiah and his followers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 MRK	14	27	qzzv	figs-quotesinquotes	ὅτι γέγραπται, πατάξω τὸν ποιμένα καὶ τὰ πρόβατα διασκορπισθήσονται	1		If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “because Zechariah the prophet wrote that God would strike the shepherd and the sheep would be scattered” or “because Zechariah the prophet predicted in the Scriptures that God would strike the shepherd and the sheep would be scattered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
@@ -1320,7 +1320,7 @@ MRK	14	34	krj1	figs-abstractnouns	ψυχή μου	1		If your language does not u
 MRK	14	34	ic1g	figs-hyperbole	ἕως θανάτου	1	even to the point of death	Jesus is using the phrase **even unto death** to describe the extent of his grief. Jesus is exaggerating in order to show the depth of the distress and sorrow that he feels. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that expresses great sorrow or you could turn the phrase **even unto death** into a simile as modeled by the UST. Alternate translation: “I feel so much grief that it makes me feel like I am near death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 MRK	14	35	nk8l	figs-explicit	εἰ δυνατόν ἐστιν	1	if it is possible	Alternate translation: “if possible” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MRK	14	35	wc6d	figs-idiom	παρέλθῃ…ἡ ὥρα	1	the hour might pass	Jesus is using the term **hour** figuratively to refer to a specific time at which an event or events would take place. Here, the phrase **the hour** refers specifically to the time of Jesus’ suffering. If this idiom would confuse your readers you could state the meaning in plain language as the UST models. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-MRK	14	35	gj74	figs-metonymy	παρέλθῃ ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ ἡ ὥρα	1		Here, Jesus is figuratively referring to the events that would take place during the upcoming **hour** as if they were the **hour** itself. Because Jesus is figuratively associating the upcoming events with the time of the events themselves; by asking that **the hour might pass**, Jesus is actually asking that the events themselves would not happen. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or use plain language. Alternate translation: “the upcoming events would pass from him” or “he would not have to experience the upcoming things which he was going to have to suffer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+MRK	14	35	gj74	figs-metonymy	παρέλθῃ ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ ἡ ὥρα	1		Here, Jesus is figuratively referring to the events that would take place during the upcoming **hour** as if they were the **hour** itself. Because Jesus is figuratively associating the upcoming events with the time of the events themselves; by asking that **the hour might pass**, Jesus is actually asking that the events themselves would not happen. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or use plain language. Alternate translation: “the upcoming events would pass from him” or “he would not have to experience the upcoming things which he was going to have to suffer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 MRK	14	36	c11w	translate-transliterate	Ἀββά	1	Abba	**Abba** is an Aramaic word meaning **Father** which the Jews used to address their fathers. Mark writes it as it sounds in Aramaic (he transliterates it) and then translates its meaning into Greek for his readers who did not know Aramaic. Since the Aramaic word **Abba** is followed by the Greek word **Father**, it is best to transliterate **Abba** and then give its meaning in your language as Mark does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
 MRK	14	36	t9r2	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατήρ	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 MRK	14	36	jk6a	figs-metaphor	παρένεγκε τὸ ποτήριον τοῦτο ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ	1	Remove this cup from me	Jesus is referring to the sufferings he will soon experience as if they were a **cup** of bitter-tasting liquid that he would have to drink. If your readers would not understand what **cup** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Please spare me from these sufferings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -1329,7 +1329,7 @@ MRK	14	37	ja6d	writing-pronouns	εὑρίσκει αὐτοὺς καθεύδο
 MRK	14	37	kp33	figs-rquestion	Σίμων, καθεύδεις? οὐκ ἴσχυσας μίαν ὥραν γρηγορῆσαι?	1	Simon, are you asleep? Were you not able to stay alert for one hour?	Jesus is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to rebuke **Peter** for falling asleep. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate Jesus’ words as a statement as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 MRK	14	38	hi36	figs-abstractnouns	προσεύχεσθε, ἵνα μὴ ἔλθητε εἰς πειρασμόν	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **temptation**, you can express the idea behind it with a verb such as “tempt.” Alternate translation: “pray, so that nothing will tempt you to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 MRK	14	38	zrp4	figs-explicit	προσεύχεσθε, ἵνα μὴ ἔλθητε εἰς πειρασμόν	1	so that you may not enter into temptation	The implications are that the disciples will soon experience the **temptation** to abandon Jesus in order to save themselves. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “pray that when the Jewish leaders come to arrest me and you are tempted to try to save yourselves by running away or denying that you know me, you will not sin by doing that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-MRK	14	38	c1je	figs-metonymy	τὸ…πνεῦμα	1	The spirit … the flesh	Jesus is figuratively describing the inner part of a person (which includes their desires and will) by association with their **spirit**. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or use plain language. See how you translated **spirit** in [2:8](../02/08.md) where **spirit** is used with a similar meaning. Alternate translation: “The inner self” or “The inner person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+MRK	14	38	c1je	figs-metonymy	τὸ…πνεῦμα	1	The spirit … the flesh	Jesus is figuratively describing the inner part of a person (which includes their desires and will) by association with their **spirit**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or use plain language. See how you translated **spirit** in [2:8](../02/08.md) where **spirit** is used with a similar meaning. Alternate translation: “The inner self” or “The inner person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 MRK	14	38	djxc	figs-abstractnouns	τὸ…πνεῦμα	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **spirit**, you can express the same idea in another way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 MRK	14	38	gt2n	figs-ellipsis	πρόθυμον	1		Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “is willing to do what is right” or “is willing to do what makes God happy” or “is willing to do what pleases God” or “is willing to obey me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 MRK	14	38	b909		ἡ…σὰρξ ἀσθενής	1		Here, the word **flesh** could: (1) include the meaning of both 2 and 3 and therefore **flesh** would refer to both the weakness of the human body and also to the deficiency of human desire and ability to do what is right. Alternate translation: “the body and your spiritual strength is weak” (2) refer to the human “body.” Alternate translation: “the body is weak” (3) refer to the sinful part of human nature that prefers to seek comfort and seek what it desires rather than obey God and do the things that please him. Alternate translation: “the sinful human nature is weak”
@@ -1337,7 +1337,7 @@ MRK	14	39	l9nj		τὸν αὐτὸν λόγον εἰπών	1	having said the sa
 MRK	14	40	zkb2	grammar-connect-logic-result	εὗρεν αὐτοὺς καθεύδοντας, ἦσαν γὰρ αὐτῶν οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ καταβαρυνόμενοι	1		If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “because the three disciples eyes were weighed down, he found them sleeping” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 MRK	14	40	bgyj	writing-pronouns	αὐτοὺς	1		Here, the pronoun **them** refers to Peter, James, and John. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning in a way that would make that clear in your language. Alternate translation: “the three disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 MRK	14	40	vwlx	grammar-connect-words-phrases	γὰρ	1		Here, the word **for** indicates that what follows is the reason that Jesus found the disciples sleeping. Use a natural way in your language to show this connection. Alternate translation: “because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
-MRK	14	40	ht2p	figs-idiom	ἦσαν…αὐτῶν οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ καταβαρυνόμενοι	1	for their eyes were weighed down	The phrase **their eyes were weighed down** is an idiom meaning “they were very tired.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “they were very sleepy” or “they were very tired” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+MRK	14	40	ht2p	figs-idiom	ἦσαν…αὐτῶν οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ καταβαρυνόμενοι	1	for their eyes were weighed down	The phrase **their eyes were weighed down** is an idiom meaning “they were very tired.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “they were very sleepy” or “they were very tired” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 MRK	14	40	hayg	figs-activepassive	ἦσαν…αὐτῶν οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ καταβαρυνόμενοι	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “for tiredness had caused their eyes to be weighed down” or “because their sleepiness had caused their eyes to be weighed down” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 MRK	14	41	x7qd	translate-ordinal	ἔρχεται τὸ τρίτον	1	he comes the third time	If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can translate the phrase **the third time** in a way that would be natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he comes yet again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
 MRK	14	41	jo0t	writing-pronouns	αὐτοῖς	1		Here, the pronoun **them** refers to Peter, James, and John. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning in a way that would make that clear in your language. Alternate translation: “to his three disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
@@ -1346,7 +1346,7 @@ MRK	14	41	wxmq	figs-rquestion	ἀπέχει	1		The phrase **It is enough** could
 MRK	14	41	ae53	figs-idiom	ἦλθεν ἡ ὥρα	1	The hour has come	See how you translated the term **hour** in [13:11](../13/11.md) where it is used with the same figurative sense. Alternate translation: “The time has come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 MRK	14	41	msb2	figs-exclamations	ἰδοὺ	1	Behold	**Behold** is an exclamation word that communicates that the listeners should pay attention. Use an exclamation that is natural in your language for communicating this as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
 MRK	14	41	khqg		ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1		See how you translated the title **Son of Man** in [2:10](../02/10.md).
-MRK	14	41	h5u5	figs-123person	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1		By calling himself **the Son of Man** Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If this is confusing in your language, you can use the first person as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
+MRK	14	41	h5u5	figs-123person	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1		By calling himself **the Son of Man** Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you can use the first person as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 MRK	14	41	eg9m	figs-activepassive	παραδίδοται ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου εἰς τὰς χεῖρας τῶν ἁμαρτωλῶν	1	the Son of Man is being betrayed	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “someone is about to betray the Son of Man into the hands of sinners” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 MRK	14	41	uyzf		παραδίδοται	1		See how you translated the word **betrayed** in [3:19](../03/19.md), where it used with the same meaning as it is here.
 MRK	14	41	mcns	figs-metonymy	εἰς τὰς χεῖρας τῶν ἁμαρτωλῶν	1		Here, **hands** is a metonym for control. See how you translated **hands** in [9:31](../09/31.md) where it is used with the same figurative sense. Alternate translation: “into the control of sinners” or “into the custody of sinners” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -1361,7 +1361,7 @@ MRK	14	44	bzj2	figs-explicit	ὁ παραδιδοὺς αὐτὸν	1	And his be
 MRK	14	44	lsh3	figs-explicit	αὐτός ἐστιν	1	he it is	The phrase **he it is** refers to the man that Judas was going to identify, Jesus. If it would be helpful in your languages, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he is the one you should arrest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MRK	14	45	qjh9	figs-go	προσελθὼν	1		Your language may say “went” rather than **come** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “having went up” or “having went to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
 MRK	14	45	tpd4		Ῥαββεί	1	he kissed him	See how you translated the title **Rabbi** in [9:5](../09/05.md).
-MRK	14	46	gszh	figs-idiom	ἐπέβαλαν τὰς χεῖρας αὐτῶν καὶ ἐκράτησαν αὐτόν	1		Here, **laid hands on** is an idiom which means to take hold of a person and take the person into custody. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “took hold of Jesus and seized him in order to bring him into custody” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+MRK	14	46	gszh	figs-idiom	ἐπέβαλαν τὰς χεῖρας αὐτῶν καὶ ἐκράτησαν αὐτόν	1		Here, **laid hands on** is an idiom which means to take hold of a person and take the person into custody. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “took hold of Jesus and seized him in order to bring him into custody” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 MRK	14	46	y5qv	figs-parallelism	ἐπέβαλαν τὰς χεῖρας αὐτῶν καὶ ἐκράτησαν αὐτόν	1	laid hands on him and seized him	The phrases, **laid hands on him** and **seized him** mean the same thing. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you could combine these phrases into one. Alternate translation: “seized Jesus” or “seized him” or “took hold of Jesus in order to arrest him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
 MRK	14	47	m6b9		τῶν	1	of those standing by	Alternate translation: “of the people who were”
 MRK	14	48	gv6e		ἀποκριθεὶς ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν αὐτοῖς	1	answering, Jesus said to them	Alternate translation: “Jesus said to the crowd”
@@ -1394,9 +1394,9 @@ MRK	14	61	pwtw	figs-doublenegatives	ὁ…ἐσιώπα, καὶ οὐκ ἀπε
 MRK	14	61	p8b5	figs-doublet	ὁ…ἐσιώπα, καὶ οὐκ ἀπεκρίνατο οὐδέν	1		The phrases **he was silent** and the phrase **did not answer** mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize that Jesus did not respond to any of the false accusations that were being made against him. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you can use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “he did not reply to anything that was said against him at all!” or “Jesus did not reply to a single thing that was said against him!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 MRK	14	61	o27t	figs-explicit	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Εὐλογητοῦ	1	the Son of the Blessed One	Here, the title **the Blessed One** is a way of referring to God, so when the **high priest** asks Jesus if he is **the Son of the Blessed One** he is asking Jesus if he is “the Son of God.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MRK	14	62	c212		τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1		See how you translated the title **the Son of Man** in [2:10](../02/10.md).
-MRK	14	62	yhhk	figs-123person	τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1		By calling himself **the Son of Man** Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If this is confusing in your language, you can use the first person as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
+MRK	14	62	yhhk	figs-123person	τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1		By calling himself **the Son of Man** Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you can use the first person as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 MRK	14	62	d5qm	translate-symaction	ἐκ δεξιῶν καθήμενον τῆς δυνάμεως	1	sitting at the right hand of power	To sit **at the right hand** of God is a symbolic act of receiving great honor and authority from God. If there is a gesture with a similar meaning in your culture, you could consider using it here in your translation or you could use plain language to express what **sitting at the right hand** of someone meant in Jesus’ culture. Alternate translation: “sitting in a place of honor beside the all-powerful God” or “sitting in a place of honor next to the all-powerful God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
-MRK	14	62	e1xd	figs-metonymy	ἐκ δεξιῶν καθήμενον τῆς δυνάμεως	1	sitting at the right hand of power	By using the phrase **of power** Jesus is figuratively referring to God by association with his **power**. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture that expresses power or you could use plain language. Alternate translation: “sitting at the right hand of God” or “sitting at the right hand of God who is powerful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+MRK	14	62	e1xd	figs-metonymy	ἐκ δεξιῶν καθήμενον τῆς δυνάμεως	1	sitting at the right hand of power	By using the phrase **of power** Jesus is figuratively referring to God by association with his **power**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture that expresses power or you could use plain language. Alternate translation: “sitting at the right hand of God” or “sitting at the right hand of God who is powerful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 MRK	14	63	jz48	translate-symaction	διαρρήξας τοὺς χιτῶνας αὐτοῦ	1	having torn his garments	In Jesus’ culture the act of tearing one’s clothes was a symbolic act which a person would do in order to show outrage or grief. If there is a gesture with a similar meaning in your culture, you could use it here in your translation or you could use plain language to express what tearing ones clothes meant in Jesus’ culture. Alternate translation: “having torn his garments in outrage” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
 MRK	14	63	afd3	figs-rquestion	τί ἔτι χρείαν ἔχομεν μαρτύρων	1	What need do we still have of witnesses?	By saying **What need do we still have of witnesses** the high priest is not asking for information, but is using the question form here for emphasis. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “We certainly do not need any more people who will testify against this man!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 MRK	14	64	zwf9	figs-explicit	ἠκούσατε τῆς βλασφημίας	1	You heard the blasphemy	This refers to what Jesus said, which the high priest called blasphemy. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “You have heard the blasphemy he has spoken” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -1412,14 +1412,14 @@ MRK	14	71	ce6r	figs-explicit	ἀναθεματίζειν	1	to curse	Here, the ph
 MRK	14	71	vihe	figs-explicit	ὀμνύειν, ὅτι οὐκ οἶδα τὸν ἄνθρωπον τοῦτον, ὃν λέγετε	1		Here, the phrase **to swear** means “to subject oneself to an oath” or “to put oneself under an oath.” Here, Peter is invoking God’s curse upon himself if what he is saying is not true. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “to swear by saying, ‘God is my witness that I do not know the man whom you are talking about’” or “to promise by making an oath and saying, ‘God is my witness that I do not know the man whom you are talking about’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MRK	14	72	i7u2	translate-unknown	ἀλέκτωρ ἐφώνησεν…ἀλέκτορα φωνῆσαι	1	immediately a rooster crowed	See how you translated the similar phrase in [13:35](../13/35.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 MRK	14	72	ja3e	translate-ordinal	ἐκ δευτέρου	1	a second time	The word **second** is an ordinal number. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can translate the phrase **a second time** in a way that would be natural in your language. Alternate translation: “again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
-MRK	14	72	cfno	figs-metonymy	ῥῆμα	1		Mark is using the term **word** figuratively to describe what Jesus had said using words. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “statement Jesus had made” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+MRK	14	72	cfno	figs-metonymy	ῥῆμα	1		Mark is using the term **word** figuratively to describe what Jesus had said using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “statement Jesus had made” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 MRK	14	72	trxc		τρίς με ἀπαρνήσῃ	1		Alternate translation: “you will say three times that you do not know me”
-MRK	14	72	zr4p	figs-idiom	ἐπιβαλὼν, ἔκλαιεν	1	having broken down	The Greek phrase which the ULT translates as **having broken down** could (1) be an idiom which means that Peter became overwhelmed with grief and lost control of his emotions. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom from your culture or use plain language. Alternate translation: “having become overwhelmed with grief” or “having lost control of his emotions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) (2) also be translated as “having thought of it” or “having reflected on it.” Alternate translation: “having thought of it, he was weeping” or “having reflected on it, he was weeping” or “having thought about what he had just done, he was weeping” (3) also be translated as “he began.” Alternate translation: “he began weeping” or “he started crying”
+MRK	14	72	zr4p	figs-idiom	ἐπιβαλὼν, ἔκλαιεν	1	having broken down	The Greek phrase which the ULT translates as **having broken down** could (1) be an idiom which means that Peter became overwhelmed with grief and lost control of his emotions. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom from your culture or use plain language. Alternate translation: “having become overwhelmed with grief” or “having lost control of his emotions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) (2) also be translated as “having thought of it” or “having reflected on it.” Alternate translation: “having thought of it, he was weeping” or “having reflected on it, he was weeping” or “having thought about what he had just done, he was weeping” (3) also be translated as “he began.” Alternate translation: “he began weeping” or “he started crying”
 MRK	15	intro	d823			0		# Mark 15 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “The curtain of the temple was split in two”<br><br><br>The curtain in the temple was an important symbol that showed that people needed to have someone speak to God for them. They could not speak to God directly because all people are sinful and God hates sin. God split the curtain to show that Jesus’ people can now speak to God directly because Jesus has paid for their sins.<br><br>### The tomb<br><br>The tomb in which Jesus was buried ([Mark 15:46](../mrk/15/46.md)) was the kind of tomb in which wealthy Jewish families buried their dead. It was an actual room cut into a rock. It had a flat place on one side where they could place the body after they had put oil and spices on it and wrapped it in cloth. Then they would roll a large rock in front of the tomb so no one could see inside or enter.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Sarcasm<br><br>The soldiers were insulting Jesus when they put a “purple robe” on him and placed a “crown of thorns” on his head (See Mark 15:17) and said, “Hail, King of the Jews” (See Mark 15:18) and bent their knees and bowed down to him (See Mark 15:19) because these actions were symbolic of things that people would do to a king but they did not really believe that Jesus was a king. By pretending that they thought Jesus was a king, and by putting a “crown of thorns” on Jesus’ head instead of a regular crown, and by “striking his head with a staff and spitting on him” (See Mark 15:19) the soldiers showed that they did not believe that Jesus was the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]] and (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/mock]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br><br>### Golgotha<br><br>The word “Golgotha” is an Aramaic word. Mark used Greek letters to express the sound of this Aramaic word so that his readers would know how it sounded and then he told them it meant “Place of a Skull.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])<br><br><br>### Eloi, Eloi, lama sabachthani?<br><br>This is an Aramaic phrase. Mark transliterates the sounds of this phrase by writing them using Greek letters. Mark used Greek letters to express the sound of this Aramaic phrase so that his readers would know how it sounded and then he told them that it meant “My God, my God, why have you forsaken me?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
 MRK	15	1	xz7c	figs-explicit	δήσαντες τὸν Ἰησοῦν, ἀπήνεγκαν	1	having bound Jesus, led him away	The Jewish religious leaders commanded for Jesus to be **bound** but did not bind him themselves. It would have been the guards who actually bound Jesus and **led him away**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate this in your translation, as modeled by the UST. Alternate translation: “commanded the guards to bind Jesus and then the guards bound him and led him away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MRK	15	1	v2yf		παρέδωκαν Πειλάτῳ	1	handed him over to Pilate	Alternate translation: “delivered him over to Pilate” or “transferred control of Jesus to Pilate”
-MRK	15	2	kn7i	figs-hendiadys	ἀποκριθεὶς αὐτῷ λέγει	1		Together the two words **answering** and **says** mean that Jesus responded to what Pilate asked him. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “Jesus responded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
-MRK	15	2	dh6n	figs-idiom	σὺ λέγεις	1	You say so	**You say so** is an idiom. Jesus is using it to acknowledge that what Pilate has said is true. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “Yes, it is as you say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+MRK	15	2	kn7i	figs-hendiadys	ἀποκριθεὶς αὐτῷ λέγει	1		Together the two words **answering** and **says** mean that Jesus responded to what Pilate asked him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “Jesus responded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
+MRK	15	2	dh6n	figs-idiom	σὺ λέγεις	1	You say so	**You say so** is an idiom. Jesus is using it to acknowledge that what Pilate has said is true. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “Yes, it is as you say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 MRK	15	3	b9sj	grammar-connect-time-background	καὶ κατηγόρουν αὐτοῦ οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς πολλά	1		Mark is providing this background information to help readers understand what happens next. Use a natural way in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “Now the chief priests were accusing Jesus of many things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
 MRK	15	3	ue18		κατηγόρουν αὐτοῦ…πολλά	1	were accusing him of many things	Alternate translation: “were accusing Jesus of many things” or “were saying that Jesus had done many bad things”
 MRK	15	4	s2as		οὐκ ἀποκρίνῃ οὐδέν?	1	Do you not answer at all?	Alternate translation: “Are you not going to respond to anything they have said”
@@ -1451,7 +1451,7 @@ MRK	15	15	r9id	figs-activepassive	σταυρωθῇ	1	handed over Jesus, having
 MRK	15	16	eg6x	writing-background	ὅ ἐστιν πραιτώριον	1	the palace (that is, the Praetorium)	Mark provides this background information describing **the palace** to help his readers understand what exactly he means by using the word **palace**. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “which is, the Praetorium” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 MRK	15	16	lb2x	figs-explicit	πραιτώριον	1		The **Praetorium** was where the Roman governor stayed when he was in Jerusalem and where the soldiers in Jerusalem lived. Mark assumes that his readers will know what the **Praetorium** is. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the palace where the governor and his soldiers lived” or “the Roman governor’s residence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MRK	15	16	b5gs	figs-explicit	ὅλην τὴν σπεῖραν	1	the whole cohort of soldiers	Mark assumes that his readers will know that a **cohort** was a Roman unit of soldiers. A **cohort** normally numbered around 600 men but could sometimes refer to a number as small as 200 men. Here, by saying **the whole cohort**, Mark most likely means all the soldiers from the **cohort** who were on duty at that time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate explicitly that a **cohort** was a Roman unit of soldiers. Additionally, you could also say explicitly that it was only the soldiers who were on duty who were called together, as modeled by the UST. Alternate translation: “the whole unit of soldiers” or “the whole unit of soldiers who were on duty there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-MRK	15	17	tn33	figs-explicit	ἐνδιδύσκουσιν αὐτὸν πορφύραν, καὶ περιτιθέασιν αὐτῷ πλέξαντες ἀκάνθινον στέφανον	1	They put a purple robe on him	In Roman culture, a **purple robe** and a **crown** were worn by kings. The soldiers put a **crown** made from **thorns** and a **purple robe** on Jesus in order to mock him. If your readers would not understand this, you could express the meaning explicitly. It may be helpful to your readers to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “they put a purple robe on him and placed a crown on his head that they had made by twisting thorns together. They did these things in order order to mock him by pretending that they believed he really was a king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+MRK	15	17	tn33	figs-explicit	ἐνδιδύσκουσιν αὐτὸν πορφύραν, καὶ περιτιθέασιν αὐτῷ πλέξαντες ἀκάνθινον στέφανον	1	They put a purple robe on him	In Roman culture, a **purple robe** and a **crown** were worn by kings. The soldiers put a **crown** made from **thorns** and a **purple robe** on Jesus in order to mock him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning explicitly. It may be helpful to your readers to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “they put a purple robe on him and placed a crown on his head that they had made by twisting thorns together. They did these things in order order to mock him by pretending that they believed he really was a king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MRK	15	17	ly5a	translate-unknown	πορφύραν	1		The word **purple** denotes a color. If your readers would be unfamiliar with the color **purple** you could use the closest equivalent color that your readers would be familiar with such as “crimson” or “scarlet” (“crimson” and “scarlet” are two different names for the same color) since Matthew records in [Matt 27:28](../mat/27/28.md) that the color of the robe was “scarlet.” The fact that Matthew and Mark use a different color to describe the color of the same robe probably means that its color closely resembled both “scarlet” and **purple**. If your readers would be unfamiliar with these colors you could use the closest equivalent color that they would be familiar with such as “red” or “dark red.” Alternate translation: “dark red” or “red” or “crimson” or “scarlet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 MRK	15	17	xfk8	figs-synecdoche	πλέξαντες ἀκάνθινον στέφανον	1	a crown of thorns	Mark uses **thorns** to refer to small branches with **thorns** on them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a crown twisted together from thorny branches” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 MRK	15	18	ft1j	figs-irony	ἀσπάζεσθαι αὐτόν, Χαῖρε, Βασιλεῦ τῶν Ἰουδαίων	1	Hail, King of the Jews	**Hail** was a common greeting, but the soldiers use this greeting in order to mock Jesus. They also did not believe that Jesus was really the **King of the Jews**. They actually mean to communicate the opposite of the literal meaning of their words. If this might confuse your readers, you could provide a brief explanation. Alternate translation: “to salute him by saying in a mocking manner: ‘Hail, King of the Jews’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
@@ -1498,7 +1498,7 @@ MRK	15	33	q1gh	translate-ordinal	ὥρας ἕκτης	1	the sixth hour	The Jews
 MRK	15	33	m67d	translate-ordinal	ἕως ὥρας ἐνάτης	1		The phrase **the ninth hour** refers to “three o’clock in the afternoon”, approximately nine hours after sunrise. The term **ninth** is an ordinal number. If your language does not use ordinal numbers you can translate the phrase **the ninth hour** as “three o’clock in the afternoon,” as modeled by the UST, or in some other way that is natural in your language. See how you translated the phrase “the third hour” in [15:25](../15/25.md), and the phrase **the sixth hour** earlier in this verse. Alternate translation: “until three hours after noon” or “for three hours” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
 MRK	15	33	jvf0	figs-go	ἐγένετο	1		Your language may say “went” rather than **came** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “went” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
 MRK	15	34	r6tj	translate-ordinal	τῇ ἐνάτῃ ὥρᾳ	1	at the ninth hour	See how you translated the phrase **the ninth hour** in [15:33](../15/33.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
-MRK	15	34	azt0	figs-idiom	ἐβόησεν…φωνῇ μεγάλῃ	1		The expression **cried out with a loud voice** is an idiom that means Jesus raised the volume of his **voice**. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “crying out loudly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+MRK	15	34	azt0	figs-idiom	ἐβόησεν…φωνῇ μεγάλῃ	1		The expression **cried out with a loud voice** is an idiom that means Jesus raised the volume of his **voice**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “crying out loudly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 MRK	15	34	ls1n	translate-transliterate	Ἐλωῒ, Ἐλωῒ, λεμὰ σαβαχθάνει? ὅ ἐστιν μεθερμηνευόμενον, ὁ Θεός μου, ὁ Θεός μου, εἰς τί ἐγκατέλιπές με	1	Eloi, Eloi, lama sabachthani	Jesus statement **Eloi, Eloi, lama sabachthani** is an Aramaic phrase. Jesus is quoting from [Psalm 22:1](../psa/22/01.md). Mark uses Greek letters to express the sounds of this Aramaic phrase so that his readers would know how it sounded and then he told them that it meant **My God, my God, why have you forsaken me**. In your translation you could spell this phrase the way it sounds in your language and then explain its meaning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
 MRK	15	34	qw71		ὅ ἐστιν μεθερμηνευόμενον	1	is translated	See how you translated the phrase **which is translated** in [15:22](../15/22.md).
 MRK	15	35	apg3	figs-explicit	καί τινες τῶν παρεστηκότων, ἀκούσαντες ἔλεγον	1	And some of those who had been standing by, having heard him, were saying	If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate explicitly that some of the people standing by misunderstood what Jesus said, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -1553,5 +1553,5 @@ MRK	16	7	x3u1	figs-explicit	καὶ τῷ Πέτρῳ	1		The phrase **and Peter*
 MRK	16	7	axgu	figs-quotesinquotes	Πέτρῳ, ὅτι προάγει ὑμᾶς εἰς τὴν Γαλιλαίαν; ἐκεῖ αὐτὸν ὄψεσθε, καθὼς εἶπεν ὑμῖν	1		If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “Peter that he is going ahead of them to Galilee and that they will see him there, just as he told them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 MRK	16	8	dlji	figs-go	ἐξελθοῦσαι	1		Your language may say “went” rather than **gone** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “having went out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
 MRK	16	8	sh40	figs-abstractnouns	εἶχεν γὰρ αὐτὰς τρόμος καὶ ἔκστασις	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **amazement**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form such as “amazed.” Alternate translation: “for they were greatly amazed and trembled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-MRK	16	8	bdgb	figs-idiom	εἶχεν γὰρ αὐτὰς τρόμος καὶ ἔκστασις	1		Here, the word **gripping** is an idiom which means “to over come.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “for they were overcome by trembling and amazement” or “for they were overcome with trembling and amazement” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+MRK	16	8	bdgb	figs-idiom	εἶχεν γὰρ αὐτὰς τρόμος καὶ ἔκστασις	1		Here, the word **gripping** is an idiom which means “to over come.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “for they were overcome by trembling and amazement” or “for they were overcome with trembling and amazement” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 MRK	16	8	ydb0		καὶ οὐδενὶ οὐδὲν εἶπον	1		Alternate translation: “And they told no one anything”